texlive[45271] Master/texmf-dist: glossaries-extra (11sep17)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Mon Sep 11 22:47:30 CEST 2017
Revision: 45271
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=45271
Author: karl
Date: 2017-09-11 22:47:29 +0200 (Mon, 11 Sep 2017)
Log Message:
-----------
glossaries-extra (11sep17)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-brief.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childnoname.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-cite.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-images.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-long.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-multipar.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-parent.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-symbols.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-url.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.bib
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@acronym{ndl,
description = {fringilla a, euismod sodales,
sollicitudin vel, wisi},
@@ -97,6 +57,3 @@
long = {pellentesque cursus luctus mauris}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-acronym.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-acronym.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@acronym{lid,
short = {LID},
long = {lorem ipsum dolor}
@@ -253,6 +213,3 @@
long = {dignissim rutrum nam}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-acronym.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@acronym{li,
user1 = {love itself},
short = {LI},
@@ -74,6 +34,3 @@
long = {duis iaculi}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-brief.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-brief.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-brief.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-brief.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-brief.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@entry{lorem,
name = {lorem},
description = {ipsum}
@@ -303,6 +263,3 @@
description = {dignissim}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-brief.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childnoname.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childnoname.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childnoname.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-childnoname.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-childnoname.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@entry{scelerisque,
name = {scelerisque},
description = {at}
@@ -232,6 +192,3 @@
parturient montes}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-childnoname.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-cite.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-cite.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-cite.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-cite.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-cite.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@entry{fusce,
user1 = {article-minimal},
name = {fusce},
@@ -157,6 +117,3 @@
description = {lacus}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-cite.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-images.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-images.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-images.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-images.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-images.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@entry{sedfeugiat,
user1 = {example-image},
name = {sed feugiat},
@@ -328,6 +288,3 @@
}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-images.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-long.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-long.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-long.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-long.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-long.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@entry{loremipsum,
name = {lorem ipsum},
description = {dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
@@ -128,6 +88,3 @@
bibendum quam in tellus.}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-long.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-multipar.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-multipar.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-multipar.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-multipar.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-multipar.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@entry{loremi-ii,
name = {lorem 1--2},
description = {Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit,
@@ -166,6 +126,3 @@
tortor, vel consectetuer odio sem sed wisi.}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-multipar.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-parent.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-parent.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-parent.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-parent.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-parent.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@entry{sedmattis,
name = {sed mattis},
description = {erat sit amet}
@@ -165,6 +125,3 @@
description = {elit, molestie non}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-parent.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-symbols.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-symbols.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-symbols.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-symbols.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-symbols.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@entry{alpha,
symbol = {\ensuremath{\alpha}},
name = {alpha},
@@ -181,6 +141,3 @@
description = {Mauris tempor ligula sed lacus.}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-symbols.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-url.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-url.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-url.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-url.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-url.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@entry{aenean-url,
user1 = {http://uk.tug.org/},
name = {aenean},
@@ -99,6 +59,3 @@
\texttt{\string\glspercentchar})}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-url.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.bib 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-xr.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx (with options: `example-glossaries-xr.bib,package')
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx
-%% Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%%
-%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%% The latest version of this license is in
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%% version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%%
-%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%%
-%% The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%%
-%% This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%%
-%% \CharacterTable
-%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \#
-%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \&
-%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \)
-%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \,
-%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/
-%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \<
-%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \?
-%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\
-%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_
-%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
-%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
@entry{lorem,
name = {lorem},
description = {ipsum}
@@ -337,6 +297,3 @@
seealso = {diam}
}
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-xr.bib'.
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,3 +1,10 @@
+1.20 (2017-09-11):
+
+ * New 'printgloss' key targetnameprefix
+
+ * Corrected .ins to remove default preamble and postamble
+ from .bib files
+
1.19 (2017-09-08):
* New command: \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.19
+LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.20
-Last Modified : 2017-09-08
+Last Modified : 2017-09-11
Author : Nicola Talbot
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
.equation-star td{text-align:center; }
table.equation-star { width:100%; }
table.equation { width:100%; }
-table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:100%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;}
+table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:95%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;}
table.align-star, table.alignat-star, table.xalignat-star, table.flalign-star {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; white-space: nowrap;}
td.align-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }
td.align-odd { text-align:right; padding-right:0.3em;}
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
>
<!--l. 215--><p class="noindent" >
</p><!--l. 215--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.19: an extension to the</span>
+class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.20: an extension to the</span>
<span
class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span>
</p>
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table>
</div>
<!--l. 215--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2017-09-08</span></p></div>
+class="cmr-12">2017-09-11</span></p></div>
<div
class="abstract"
>
@@ -1573,25 +1573,38 @@
version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks.
</p><!--l. 857--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-5006"></a>,
-<span
+ id="dx1-5006"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-5007"></a> and <span
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have an extra key <span
+ id="dx1-5007"></a>
+and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have two extra keys:
+</p>
+ <ul class="itemize1">
+ <li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">target</span><a
- id="dx1-5008"></a>. This is a
-boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic hypertarget for
-each entry. Unlike <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn’t switch off hyperlinks, so
-any cross-references within the glossary won’t be affected. This is a way of
-avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to be displayed multiple
-times.
-</p><!--l. 866--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ id="dx1-5008"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic
+ hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn’t switch
+ off hyperlinks, so any cross-references within the glossary won’t be affected.
+ This is a way of avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to
+ be displayed multiple times.
+ </li>
+ <li class="itemize"><span
+class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a
+ id="dx1-5009"></a><span
+class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Another way of avoiding duplicate target names
+ is to set a prefix used for the names. Unlike changing <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span>
+ this doesn’t affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with <span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>).</li></ul>
+<!--l. 875--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-5009"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this
+ id="dx1-5010"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this
is <span
class="cmtt-10">general</span>. See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
@@ -1600,7 +1613,7 @@
</li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-5010"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a
+ id="dx1-5011"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a
href="#sec:alias"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.3 </a><a
href="#sec:alias">Entry
@@ -1608,32 +1621,35 @@
</li>
<li class="itemize"><span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-5011"></a>, which performs much like <span
+ id="dx1-5012"></a>, which performs much like <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-5012"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and
+ id="dx1-5013"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and
“see also” treatment. See <a
href="#sec:see"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a
href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for
further details.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 878--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span
+<!--l. 887--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span
class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a mixture of
+
+
+
<span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-5013"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-5014"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-5014"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-5015"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-5015"></a> keys for use with minimal working examples. There are also
+ id="dx1-5016"></a> keys for use with minimal working examples. There are also
<span
class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.bib </span>files that correspond to each <span
class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex</span>
file for testing <a
- id="dx1-5016"></a><a
+ id="dx1-5017"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-5017"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 885--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ id="dx1-5018"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 894--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12)
that doesn’t automatically insert
@@ -1643,11 +1659,11 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
\leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc
</div>
-<!--l. 889--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
-</p><!--l. 891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 898--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
+</p><!--l. 900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-5018"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry*{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -1657,19 +1673,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">description</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" >
The <span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-5019"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-5020"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 897--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
+</p><!--l. 906--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses:
-</p><!--l. 900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-5020"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" >
This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the
<span
class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example:
@@ -1680,40 +1696,40 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip}
</div>
-<!--l. 908--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
+<!--l. 917--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
suppress the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 912--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span
+</p><!--l. 921--><p class="indent" > The unstarred version also alters the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-5021"></a> package’s treatment of the
+ id="dx1-5022"></a> package’s treatment of the
<span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-5022"></a> key. Since a plural description doesn’t make much sense for
+ id="dx1-5023"></a> key. Since a plural description doesn’t make much sense for
multi-paragraph descriptions, the default behaviour with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-5023"></a>’s
+ id="dx1-5024"></a>’s
<span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>is to simply leave the plural description unset
unless explicitly set using the <span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-5024"></a> key. The <span
+ id="dx1-5025"></a> key. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries.sty </span>version
of this command sets the description’s plural form to the same as the
singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-5025f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 927--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span
+ id="x1-5026f1"></a>
+</p><!--l. 936--><p class="indent" > Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span>
to the description’s plural form.
-</p><!--l. 930--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 939--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
- id="dx1-5031"></a> command (defined through the <span
+ id="dx1-5032"></a> command (defined through the <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-5032"></a> package option) is modified
+ id="dx1-5033"></a> package option) is modified
so that the category defaults to <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-5033"></a>. The <span
+ id="dx1-5034"></a>. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-5034"></a> command is modified
+ id="dx1-5035"></a> command is modified
to use the new abbreviation interface provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
@@ -1720,16 +1736,16 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>3
</a><a
href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 936--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 945--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
- id="dx1-5035"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" >
If ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ is empty, <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the
@@ -1737,7 +1753,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩ can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that
need processing with an external indexing application.
-</p><!--l. 945--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span
+</p><!--l. 954--><p class="indent" > It should then be possible to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩
and <span
@@ -1744,22 +1760,22 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.)
-</p><!--l. 950--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 959--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩, you can’t define entries in the document
(even with the <a
href="#styopt.docdef"><span
class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a
- id="dx1-5036"></a> option). </div>
-</p><!--l. 953--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 955--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a
- id="dx1-5037"></a><a
+ id="dx1-5037"></a> option). </div>
+</p><!--l. 962--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 964--><p class="indent" > You will need at least version 2.20 of <a
+ id="dx1-5038"></a><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of
the Lua alternative <a
- id="dx1-5038"></a><a
+ id="dx1-5039"></a><a
href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a
- id="dx1-5039"></a></a> (both distributed with <span
+ id="dx1-5040"></a></a> (both distributed with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
v4.27) to allow for this use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>⟨<span
@@ -1767,12 +1783,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>. Alternatively, use the
<span
class="cmss-10">automake</span><a
- id="dx1-5040"></a> option.
+ id="dx1-5041"></a> option.
</p>
-<!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 970--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1 </span> <a
id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 964--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 973--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and
<span
@@ -1833,13 +1849,13 @@
settings (such as <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
id="dx1-6010"></a>).
- <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
- </p><!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
+ </p><!--l. 1004--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-6011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 997--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined as:
@@ -1856,15 +1872,15 @@
 <br /> }%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 1009--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
- </p><!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 1018--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
+ </p><!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-6012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >
which is used to determine where to perform the indexing.
- </p><!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a
+ </p><!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a
href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span
class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a
id="dx1-6013"></a> attribute to <span
@@ -1879,9 +1895,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span>.)
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1025--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
+<!--l. 1034--><p class="indent" > There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
external glossary files:
-</p><!--l. 1027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-6016"></a> <span
@@ -1888,13 +1904,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1029--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined.
(See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses
this hook to determine which entries haven’t been indexed.)
-</p><!--l. 1036--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span
+</p><!--l. 1045--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-6017"></a> and <span
@@ -1909,7 +1925,7 @@
id="dx1-6019"></a> keys is intended
primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can’t be obtained from
a counter.
-</p><!--l. 1045--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span
+</p><!--l. 1054--><p class="indent" > The principle key <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-6020"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span
class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a
@@ -1925,12 +1941,12 @@
-</p><!--l. 1053--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 1062--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-6023"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application
that will accept the given value. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1056--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1058--><p class="indent" > For example, <span
+</p><!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1067--><p class="indent" > For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-6024"></a> will only accept locations in the form [⟨<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span
@@ -1954,7 +1970,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
\glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary Material}]{sample}
</div>
-<!--l. 1068--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a
+<!--l. 1077--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a
id="dx1-6026"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
@@ -1970,7 +1986,7 @@
id="dx1-6030"></a> key to prevent a
hyperlink if one can’t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location
value.
-</p><!--l. 1077--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span
+</p><!--l. 1086--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose the file <span
class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains:
@@ -1987,7 +2003,7 @@
 <br />\gls{sample}.
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 1092--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
+<!--l. 1101--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
id="dx1-6031"></a> to <span
@@ -2008,13 +2024,13 @@
 <br />\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 1111--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span
+<!--l. 1120--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-6032"></a> as it’s in the form ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sep</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmti-10">num</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 1115--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
+</p><!--l. 1124--><p class="indent" > If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
<a
href="#catattr.externallocation"><span
class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a
@@ -2028,7 +2044,7 @@
 <br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,
 <br /> name={sample},description={an example}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1123--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span
+<!--l. 1132--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span
class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format:
@@ -2037,7 +2053,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
\glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample}
</div>
-<!--l. 1127--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span
+<!--l. 1136--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-6034"></a> package. Remember that the counter
used for the location also needs to match. If <span
@@ -2053,14 +2069,14 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-6036"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1137--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span
+</p><!--l. 1146--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span
class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the
relevant place in the external PDF file <span
class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not
support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1142--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1144--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span
+</p><!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1153--><p class="indent" > For example, if both <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span>
are in the same directory, then viewing <span
@@ -2068,12 +2084,12 @@
take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2
external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked
document.
-</p><!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2 </span> <a
id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</h3>
-<!--l. 1154--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span
+<!--l. 1163--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-7001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>,
@@ -2100,20 +2116,20 @@
id="dx1-7008"></a><a
id="dx1-7009"></a> environment on the next
run.
-</p><!--l. 1167--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span
+</p><!--l. 1176--><p class="indent" > This modification allows <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide
-</p><!--l. 1168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1170--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >
which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused
cross-references unless the package option <a
href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a
id="dx1-7011"></a> was set to false.
-</p><!--l. 1175--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span
+</p><!--l. 1184--><p class="indent" > As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-7012"></a> key will now work for entries
defined in the <span
@@ -2142,9 +2158,9 @@
id="dx1-7019"></a>
value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that
point.
-</p><!--l. 1186--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
+</p><!--l. 1195--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
entry using
-</p><!--l. 1188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusesee</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7020"></a> <span
@@ -2151,9 +2167,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1199--><p class="noindent" >
This internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7021"></a> <span
@@ -2162,7 +2178,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr list</span>⟩ are obtained from the value of the entry’s <span
@@ -2184,7 +2200,7 @@
id="dx1-7024"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 1203--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a
+</p><!--l. 1212--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want to suppress the <a
id="dx1-7025"></a>number list using <span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-7026"></a>. This
@@ -2198,7 +2214,7 @@
id="dx1-7029"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a
id="dx1-7030"></a>number
list.
-</p><!--l. 1210--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
+</p><!--l. 1219--><p class="indent" > Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For
example:
@@ -2213,11 +2229,11 @@
 <br /> {}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1219--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a
+<!--l. 1228--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a
id="dx1-7031"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been
suppressed.
-</p><!--l. 1223--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span
+</p><!--l. 1232--><p class="indent" > As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
id="dx1-7032"></a> key. Unlike <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
@@ -2237,11 +2253,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described
below).
-</p><!--l. 1231--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span
+</p><!--l. 1240--><p class="indent" > You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
id="dx1-7035"></a> key
using:
-</p><!--l. 1233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseealso</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7036"></a> <span
@@ -2248,10 +2264,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1235--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1244--><p class="noindent" >
This works in much the same way as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7037"></a> <span
@@ -2258,7 +2274,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1240--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1249--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -2274,13 +2290,13 @@
 <br /> {}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1251--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1253--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span
+<!--l. 1260--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1262--><p class="indent" > The actual unformatted comma-separated list ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>⟩ stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
id="dx1-7038"></a> field
can be accessed with:
-</p><!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseealsolabels</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7039"></a> <span
@@ -2287,7 +2303,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1257--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1266--><p class="noindent" >
This will just expand to the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>⟩ provided in the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
@@ -2302,7 +2318,7 @@
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can’t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated
list.
-</p><!--l. 1265--><p class="indent" > The base <span
+</p><!--l. 1274--><p class="indent" > The base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a
id="dx1-7042"></a>, which requires a
@@ -2313,7 +2329,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>as the
argument. For convenience, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides
-</p><!--l. 1270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseelist</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7043"></a> <span
@@ -2320,13 +2336,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1272--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1281--><p class="noindent" >
which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1275--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1284--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
id="dx1-7044"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
-</p><!--l. 1276--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexseealso</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-7045"></a> <span
@@ -2335,7 +2351,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1278--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" >
which just does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -2353,15 +2369,15 @@
id="dx1-7047"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
<span
class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead.
-<!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3 </span> <a
id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 1290--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
+<!--l. 1299--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at
that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant
@@ -2372,7 +2388,7 @@
it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry
format.
-</p><!--l. 1297--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
+</p><!--l. 1306--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-8002"></a>) used in the <a
id="dx1-8003"></a><a
@@ -2455,15 +2471,15 @@
</a><a
href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>).
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1328--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
+<!--l. 1337--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style.
-</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span
+</p><!--l. 1341--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-8024"></a> now puts <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a
id="dx1-8025"></a> in the argument of
the new command
-</p><!--l. 1334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrregularfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8026"></a> <span
@@ -2470,7 +2486,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1345--><p class="noindent" >
This just does its argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. This means that if you want regular
entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then
@@ -2479,7 +2495,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a
id="dx1-8027"></a> which will be applied to all linking commands for all entries.
-</p><!--l. 1344--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 1353--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -2487,7 +2503,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1347--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span
+<!--l. 1356--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the
category:
@@ -2498,7 +2514,7 @@
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
 <br /> \glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1353--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute:
+<!--l. 1362--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute:
@@ -2508,7 +2524,7 @@
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
 <br /> \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1360--><p class="nopar" > or use the attribute to store the control sequence name:
+<!--l. 1369--><p class="nopar" > or use the attribute to store the control sequence name:
@@ -2522,7 +2538,7 @@
 <br />  {#1}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1371--><p class="nopar" > (Remember the category and attribute settings will only queried here for <a
+<!--l. 1380--><p class="nopar" > (Remember the category and attribute settings will only queried here for <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-8028"></a>
@@ -2532,7 +2548,7 @@
changes the regular attribute to “false”, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont </span>will no longer
apply.)
-</p><!--l. 1378--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information
after the <a
@@ -2541,32 +2557,32 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined
to
-</p><!--l. 1381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1383--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1392--><p class="noindent" >
This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
id="dx1-8032"></a> attribute
is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do
-</p><!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlink</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1389--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" >
if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and
-</p><!--l. 1391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1393--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" >
if a full stop has been discarded.
-</p><!--l. 1396--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span
+</p><!--l. 1405--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the
post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like
@@ -2578,8 +2594,8 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.6 </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1401--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1403--><p class="indent" > By default <span
+</p><!--l. 1410--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1412--><p class="indent" > By default <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
@@ -2591,7 +2607,7 @@
id="dx1-8036"></a> category, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been
defined.)
-</p><!--l. 1409--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
+</p><!--l. 1418--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
@@ -2609,21 +2625,21 @@
adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional
material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be
reinserted.
-</p><!--l. 1422--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
+</p><!--l. 1431--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
the post-<a
id="dx1-8039"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks:
-</p><!--l. 1424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1426--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1435--><p class="noindent" >
This will add the description in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-8041"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1429--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
+</p><!--l. 1438--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-8042"></a>first
use for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
@@ -2637,18 +2653,18 @@
 <br />  \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1436--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 1445--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1440--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1449--><p class="noindent" >
This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-8045"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1444--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
+</p><!--l. 1453--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-8046"></a> within the post-<a
@@ -2657,7 +2673,7 @@
id="dx1-8048"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have
been unset. Instead you can use
-</p><!--l. 1447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1456--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8049"></a> <span
@@ -2666,7 +2682,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1458--><p class="noindent" >
This will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the last used entry was the <a
id="dx1-8050"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it
@@ -2677,7 +2693,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a
id="dx1-8051"></a>link-text
hook.
-</p><!--l. 1457--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 1466--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-8052"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
@@ -2700,8 +2716,8 @@
id="dx1-8059"></a>first use otherwise
the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1466--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1468--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
+</p><!--l. 1475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1477--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
id="dx1-8060"></a>link-text
on <a
id="dx1-8061"></a>first use for the <span
@@ -2716,8 +2732,8 @@
 <br />  \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 1474--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1476--><p class="indent" > The <a
+<!--l. 1483--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1485--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-8063"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a
@@ -2724,12 +2740,12 @@
id="dx1-8064"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the
footnote after trailing punctuation characters.
-</p><!--l. 1480--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span
+</p><!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" > You can set the default options used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a
id="dx1-8065"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-8066"></a> etc with:
-</p><!--l. 1482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8067"></a> <span
@@ -2736,7 +2752,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1484--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" >
For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do:
@@ -2745,7 +2761,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 1489--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 1498--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want
the location added to the <a
id="dx1-8068"></a><a
@@ -2754,7 +2770,7 @@
argument of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1496--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span
+</p><!--l. 1505--><p class="indent" > Note that if you don’t want <span
class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and
<span
@@ -2765,18 +2781,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a
id="dx1-8070"></a>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 1502--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</p><!--l. 1511--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1504--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1506--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span
+</p><!--l. 1513--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1515--><p class="indent" > If you want to change the default value of <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-8071"></a>, you can instead use:
-</p><!--l. 1508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1510--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >
This has the advantage of also working for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you
want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly
@@ -2789,8 +2805,8 @@
\backmatter
 <br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit}
</div>
-<!--l. 1517--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span
+<!--l. 1526--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" > Commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-8072"></a> have star (<span
class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span
@@ -2800,7 +2816,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a
third modifier, if required, using
-</p><!--l. 1523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8073"></a> <span
@@ -2810,7 +2826,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1525--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1534--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ is the character used as the modifier and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is the default set of
@@ -2817,11 +2833,11 @@
options (which may be overridden). Note that ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ must be a single character (not a
UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>).
-</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 1541--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩ take care of any changes in category code.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 1535--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1537--><p class="indent" > Example:
+</p><!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1546--><p class="indent" > Example:
@@ -2829,7 +2845,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 1540--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 1549--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s
not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do
@@ -2840,17 +2856,17 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
\gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample}
</div>
-<!--l. 1546--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 1555--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you
can’t combine the <span
class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers.
-</p><!--l. 1551--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" > <a
id="dx1-8074"></a><a
href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use
-</p><!--l. 1553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8075"></a> <span
@@ -2865,7 +2881,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1564--><p class="noindent" >
This command is provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check
@@ -2874,8 +2890,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to
obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting
command.
-</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
-</p><!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1571--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
+</p><!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8076"></a> <span
@@ -2885,9 +2901,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1565--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" >
otherwise it uses
-</p><!--l. 1567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1576--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8077"></a> <span
@@ -2897,11 +2913,11 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1569--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1578--><p class="noindent" >
for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩)
or
-</p><!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendloc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8078"></a> <span
@@ -2911,16 +2927,16 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" >
for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 1578--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in
-</p><!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in
+</p><!--l. 1588--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocrangefmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1590--><p class="noindent" >
and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span
@@ -2931,9 +2947,9 @@
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
(If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span
class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 1589--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
+</p><!--l. 1598--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
does
-</p><!--l. 1591--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1600--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-8080"></a> <span
@@ -2943,7 +2959,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1593--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1602--><p class="noindent" >
(which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span
@@ -2957,7 +2973,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 1600--><p class="indent" > This means that the list
+</p><!--l. 1609--><p class="indent" > This means that the list
@@ -2967,7 +2983,7 @@
 <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
 <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
</div>
-<!--l. 1605--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
+<!--l. 1614--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
@@ -2977,14 +2993,14 @@
 <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
 <br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
</div>
-<!--l. 1611--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
+<!--l. 1620--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
accommodate the ranges.
-</p><!--l. 1616--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1625--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1616--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1625--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a
id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 1619--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 1628--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
id="dx1-9001"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
@@ -2997,7 +3013,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5
</a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 1625--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
+</p><!--l. 1634--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
@@ -3005,7 +3021,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
\glsenableentrycount
</div>
-<!--l. 1628--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
+<!--l. 1637--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
@@ -3014,21 +3030,21 @@
\glsenableentrycount
 <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
</div>
-<!--l. 1633--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
+<!--l. 1642--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-9003"></a> category, but any
entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged.
-</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
+</p><!--l. 1647--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
described in <a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a
href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1641--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1641--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a
id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 1643--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
+<!--l. 1652--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are
plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies,
sheep). The <span
@@ -3039,7 +3055,7 @@
defining entries. In some cases a plural may not make any sense (for example,
the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the
singular.
-</p><!--l. 1652--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
+</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-10003"></a> package sets lets the <span
@@ -3055,11 +3071,11 @@
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-10007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the
exceptions.
-</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span
+</p><!--l. 1670--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-10008"></a> field will always need to
be supplied, where needed.
-</p><!--l. 1664--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 1673--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-10009"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
@@ -3069,7 +3085,7 @@
you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to
supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the
context).
-</p><!--l. 1670--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span
+</p><!--l. 1679--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-10012"></a> package follows these rules: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
@@ -3133,7 +3149,7 @@
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-10031"></a> field.
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1693--><p class="indent" > This <span
+<!--l. 1702--><p class="indent" > This <span
class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the
<span
@@ -3148,12 +3164,12 @@
implemented, <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to
use
-</p><!--l. 1701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-10035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1703--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1712--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their
own command for the plural suffix, such as <span
@@ -3166,7 +3182,7 @@
the style. Redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix </span>will have no affect, since it’s not used by the
new abbreviation mechanism.
-</p><!--l. 1713--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
+</p><!--l. 1722--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
@@ -3179,7 +3195,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
'\abbrvpluralsuffix
</div>
-<!--l. 1718--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span
+<!--l. 1727--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second
attribute is <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
@@ -3190,12 +3206,12 @@
same as <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-10039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1724--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 1724--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a
id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3>
-<!--l. 1727--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
+<!--l. 1736--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-11001"></a> in the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -3208,7 +3224,7 @@
For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an
abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext
Markup Language.
-</p><!--l. 1735--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
+</p><!--l. 1744--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package:
@@ -3219,8 +3235,8 @@
 <br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext Markup Language}
 <br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1741--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1743--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
+<!--l. 1750--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1752--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-11006x1"><a
@@ -3239,7 +3255,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
\gls{\uppercase ssi} enabled \gls{html}
</div>
- <!--l. 1751--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 1760--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this
will effectively try to do
@@ -3249,7 +3265,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
\uppercase{\gls{ssi}} enabled \gls{html}
</div>
- <!--l. 1756--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
+ <!--l. 1765--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised.
This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as
<span
@@ -3290,15 +3306,15 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
This section discusses \gls{ssi}, \gls{html} and \gls{shtml}.
</div>
- <!--l. 1775--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ <!--l. 1784--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 1778--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
+ <!--l. 1787--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div>
- <!--l. 1781--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ <!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-11019"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”.
- </p><!--l. 1784--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
+ </p><!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is
@@ -3312,17 +3328,17 @@
The sample files are either \gls{html} or \gls{shtml}, but let's
 <br />first discuss \gls{ssi}.
</div>
- <!--l. 1790--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ <!--l. 1799--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
+ <!--l. 1802--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s
first discuss SSI.</p></div>
- <!--l. 1798--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ <!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-11020"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange.
- </p><!--l. 1802--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
+ </p><!--l. 1811--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two
entries:
@@ -3332,17 +3348,17 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
This article is an introduction to \gls{shtml}.
</div>
- <!--l. 1806--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ <!--l. 1815--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 1809--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
+ <!--l. 1818--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div>
- <!--l. 1812--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ <!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-11021"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more
strange.
- </p><!--l. 1816--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span
+ </p><!--l. 1825--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example:
@@ -3353,7 +3369,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
\setacronymstyle{long-short}
</div>
- <!--l. 1821--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
+ <!--l. 1830--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the
long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so
@@ -3365,7 +3381,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">html </span>by
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>.
- </p><!--l. 1829--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
+ </p><!--l. 1838--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>
entry. For example:
@@ -3376,10 +3392,10 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
\gls{shtml} ... \glsreset{html}\gls{shtml}
</div>
- <!--l. 1833--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
+ <!--l. 1842--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”,
which is downright weird.
- </p><!--l. 1837--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
+ </p><!--l. 1846--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem
for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span
@@ -3412,7 +3428,7 @@
in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the
glossary.
</li></ol>
-<!--l. 1858--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
+<!--l. 1867--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
id="dx1-11031"></a> or <span
@@ -3429,7 +3445,7 @@
 <br /> [description={\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}]
 <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
</div>
-<!--l. 1866--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+<!--l. 1875--><p class="nopar" > with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:
@@ -3440,7 +3456,7 @@
 <br /> [description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}]
 <br /> {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
</div>
-<!--l. 1872--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+<!--l. 1881--><p class="nopar" > with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t
use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
@@ -3451,7 +3467,7 @@
id="dx1-11034"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed
above.
-</p><!--l. 1879--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
+</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>:
@@ -3465,10 +3481,10 @@
 <br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi} enabled
 <br />\glsabbrvfont{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1888--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
+<!--l. 1897--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same
style.
-</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span
+</p><!--l. 1902--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-11035"></a> in a field that may be included
within some <a
@@ -3492,7 +3508,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}
</div>
-<!--l. 1904--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
+<!--l. 1913--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
@@ -3501,7 +3517,7 @@
{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}} enabled
 <br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1909--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a
+<!--l. 1918--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a
href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a
href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a
href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems <a
@@ -3517,7 +3533,7 @@
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-11040"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 1920--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 1929--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
id="dx1-11041"></a> or
<span
@@ -3555,7 +3571,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
\newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1933--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a
+<!--l. 1942--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-11047"></a> style) the <a
@@ -3569,7 +3585,7 @@
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled
 <br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
</div>
-<!--l. 1939--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
+<!--l. 1948--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
@@ -3578,7 +3594,7 @@
\newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled
 <br />\glsxtrshort{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 1944--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
+<!--l. 1953--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
id="dx1-11049"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like:
@@ -3589,7 +3605,7 @@
{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled
 <br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
</div>
-<!--l. 1949--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
+<!--l. 1958--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in
this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The
@@ -3600,8 +3616,8 @@
id="dx1-11051"></a>. Note
that <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style.
-</p><!--l. 1957--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use:
-</p><!--l. 1958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1966--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use:
+</p><!--l. 1967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrp</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-11052"></a> <span
@@ -3610,7 +3626,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1960--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span
@@ -3620,8 +3636,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (e.g. <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1965--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
-</p><!--l. 1966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1974--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
+</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsps</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-11053"></a> <span
@@ -3628,13 +3644,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1968--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1977--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and
-</p><!--l. 1970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1979--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glspt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-11054"></a> <span
@@ -3641,13 +3657,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1972--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1981--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ commands described
@@ -3664,7 +3680,7 @@
id="dx1-11056"></a> to <span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 1982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 1991--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetpopts</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-11057"></a> <span
@@ -3671,7 +3687,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -3680,17 +3696,17 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
\glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false}
</div>
-<!--l. 1988--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
+<!--l. 1997--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested
links.
-</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
+</p><!--l. 2002--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
command:
-</p><!--l. 1995--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glossxtrsetpopts</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-11058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1997--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2006--><p class="noindent" >
which by default just does
@@ -3699,7 +3715,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 2001--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span
+<!--l. 2010--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the
glossary. For example:
@@ -3709,8 +3725,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
\renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2006--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2008--><p class="indent" > For example,
+<!--l. 2015--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2017--><p class="indent" > For example,
@@ -3718,7 +3734,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}
</div>
-<!--l. 2011--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+<!--l. 2020--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
@@ -3728,7 +3744,7 @@
 <br /> \glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 2017--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
+<!--l. 2026--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
@@ -3738,8 +3754,8 @@
 <br /> \glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 2023--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
-</p><!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2032--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
+</p><!--l. 2035--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent
to
@@ -3749,11 +3765,11 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
{\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2030--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a
+<!--l. 2039--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a
href="#catattr.headuc"><span
class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a
id="dx1-11059"></a> attribute.)
-</p><!--l. 2033--><p class="indent" > If <span
+</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" > If <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-11060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
@@ -3760,8 +3776,8 @@
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩
(<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example).
-</p><!--l. 2037--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands
-</p><!--l. 2038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2046--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands
+</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-11061"></a> <span
@@ -3770,9 +3786,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2040--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" >
for first letter upper case and
-</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2051--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-11062"></a> <span
@@ -3781,9 +3797,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2044--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" >
for all upper case.
-</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2056--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-11063"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a
@@ -3795,8 +3811,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-11066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used
by those case-changing commands. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a
+</p><!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2064--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a
href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the
start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing
commands like <span
@@ -3803,7 +3819,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2061--><p class="indent" > If you <span
+</p><!--l. 2070--><p class="indent" > If you <span
class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is
@@ -3813,8 +3829,8 @@
\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi} enabled
 <br />\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2065--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
-</p><!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" > Example document:
+<!--l. 2074--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
+</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="indent" > Example document:
@@ -3844,16 +3860,16 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 2106--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2108--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2115--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2108--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a
id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and
redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
@@ -3874,7 +3890,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
</div>
-<!--l. 2119--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just
+<!--l. 2128--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
@@ -3892,7 +3908,7 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 2132--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span
+<!--l. 2141--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:
@@ -3909,7 +3925,7 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 2144--><p class="nopar" > Table <a
+<!--l. 2153--><p class="nopar" > Table <a
href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the
predefined acronym styles provided by <span
@@ -3924,7 +3940,7 @@
-<!--l. 2151--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 2160--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -3948,34 +3964,34 @@
id="TBL-2-1" /><col
id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2158--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2159--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td10"><!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
id="dx1-12003"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12004"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2161--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a
id="dx1-12005"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2161--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a
id="dx1-12006"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2162--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
id="dx1-12007"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2162--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-12008"></a> <br
@@ -3992,64 +4008,64 @@
class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2164--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a
id="dx1-12009"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2164--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-12010"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-12011"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-12012"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2166--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-12013"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2166--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-12014"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12015"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12016"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12017"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12018"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12019"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12020"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12021"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12022"></a> <br
@@ -4066,100 +4082,100 @@
class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2172--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12023"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2172--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12024"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12025"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12026"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2183--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12027"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2183--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12028"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
id="dx1-12029"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
id="dx1-12030"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12031"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12032"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2186--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
id="dx1-12033"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2186--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-12034"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a
id="dx1-12035"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-12036"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2188--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a
id="dx1-12037"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2188--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-12038"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2180--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12039"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2180--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12040"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2190--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12041"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2190--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12042"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a
id="dx1-12043"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-12044"></a> </p></td></tr></table></div>
@@ -4168,7 +4184,7 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 2186--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
+<!--l. 2195--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are
@@ -4177,15 +4193,15 @@
However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\RestoreAcronyms</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-12045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="noindent" >
(before any use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2198--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same
@@ -4195,7 +4211,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 2213--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span
@@ -4207,8 +4223,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-12049"></a> as it will cause unexpected results.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span
+</p><!--l. 2219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2221--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a
document that uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
@@ -4222,7 +4238,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.5 </a><a
href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further
details.)
-</p><!--l. 2219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsacspace</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-12052"></a> <span
@@ -4229,7 +4245,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2230--><p class="noindent" >
The space command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
@@ -4236,16 +4252,16 @@
id="dx1-12053"></a> acronym style provided
by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses
-</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2234--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsacspacemax</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-12054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2227--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >
instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be
changed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2231--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span
+</p><!--l. 2240--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a
id="dx1-12055"></a> (such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
@@ -4260,15 +4276,15 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 2236--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2238--><p class="indent" > The <a
+<!--l. 2245--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2247--><p class="indent" > The <a
id="dx1-12057"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 2239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 2248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2241--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >
is redefined to use the <a
id="dx1-12058"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a
@@ -4275,12 +4291,12 @@
id="dx1-12059"></a>.
This will be reset if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2246--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 2247--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 2255--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
+</p><!--l. 2256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2249--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" >
is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a
id="dx1-12060"></a>.
@@ -4287,10 +4303,10 @@
This will be reset if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
</p>
-<!--l. 2254--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2263--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a
id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2257--><p class="noindent" >The default value of <span
+<!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >The default value of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a
id="dx1-13001"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start
of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should
@@ -4297,7 +4313,7 @@
take into account situations where <span
class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the
document.
-</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2271--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-13002"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first
checking if <span
@@ -4318,7 +4334,7 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title
using
-</p><!--l. 2274--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2283--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-13005"></a> <span
@@ -4327,7 +4343,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -4336,13 +4352,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)}
</div>
-<!--l. 2280--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2289--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8.1 </span> <a
id="sec:stylehooks"></a>Style Hooks</h4>
-<!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span
+<!--l. 2294--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-14001"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
@@ -4362,12 +4378,12 @@
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This
means you can make simple case-changing modifications to the name and description
without defining a new glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 2291--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
+</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-14006"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-14007"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 2293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14008"></a> <span
@@ -4374,7 +4390,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2295--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" >
By default this checks the <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
@@ -4381,7 +4397,7 @@
id="dx1-14009"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed
using
-</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 2309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a
id="dx1-14010"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -4390,12 +4406,12 @@
class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span
class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2310--><p class="noindent" >
See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a
href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span
+</p><!--l. 2314--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span
@@ -4414,21 +4430,21 @@
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space
 <br /> (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
</div>
-<!--l. 2316--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2318--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
+<!--l. 2325--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2327--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
does
-</p><!--l. 2320--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2329--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostdescription</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2322--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2331--><p class="noindent" >
This occurs before the original <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot=false</span><a
id="dx1-14013"></a>
option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop.
-</p><!--l. 2327--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
+</p><!--l. 2336--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists, where
⟨<span
@@ -4441,18 +4457,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set to <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-14015"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2334--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
+</p><!--l. 2343--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set
-</p><!--l. 2335--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscurrententrylabel</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-14016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2337--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" >
to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these
post-description hooks if you need to reference the label.
-</p><!--l. 2342--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
+</p><!--l. 2351--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-14017"></a> category, then you could
@@ -4465,10 +4481,10 @@
\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space
 <br /> (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
</div>
-<!--l. 2348--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
+<!--l. 2357--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the
underlying glossary style.)
-</p><!--l. 2353--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
+</p><!--l. 2362--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if
you redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span
@@ -4486,16 +4502,16 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
that are missing <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2371--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2373--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2373--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8.2 </span> <a
id="sec:glosstylenumlist"></a>Number List</h4>
-<!--l. 2367--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+<!--l. 2376--><p class="noindent" >The <a
id="dx1-15001"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of
-</p><!--l. 2368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-15002"></a> <span
@@ -4503,7 +4519,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2370--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="noindent" >
This is internally used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
@@ -4513,20 +4529,20 @@
id="dx1-15004"></a>number list, but it
still saves the <a
id="dx1-15005"></a>number list in case it’s required.
-</p><!--l. 2376--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a
+</p><!--l. 2385--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a
id="dx1-15006"></a>number list always use the <span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a
id="dx1-15007"></a> option
instead of redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="indent" > If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a
+</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" > If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a
id="dx1-15008"></a>number list
then redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2386--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a
+</p><!--l. 2395--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a
id="dx1-15009"></a>number list. This
is quite fiddly to do with the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span
@@ -4533,7 +4549,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a
way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display
using:
-</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-15010"></a> <span
@@ -4543,7 +4559,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">pages</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2393--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2402--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">page</span>⟩ is the text to display if the <a
id="dx1-15011"></a>number list only contains a single location and
@@ -4556,15 +4572,15 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: }
</div>
-<!--l. 2399--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
-</p><!--l. 2402--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span
+<!--l. 2408--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
+</p><!--l. 2411--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span
class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span
class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page
number (and only index the entry once). </div>
-</p><!--l. 2405--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2407--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 2414--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2416--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2409--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
+</p><!--l. 2418--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
id="dx1-15012"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
@@ -4571,13 +4587,13 @@
id="dx1-15013"></a></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty
location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2413--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2413--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8.3 </span> <a
id="x1-160002.8.3"></a>The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h4>
-<!--l. 2416--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span
+<!--l. 2425--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-16001"></a> that
@@ -4594,7 +4610,7 @@
 <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
</div>
-<!--l. 2425--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span
+<!--l. 2434--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span
class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing ⟨<span
@@ -4610,7 +4626,7 @@
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
</div>
-<!--l. 2433--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a
+<!--l. 2442--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-16003"></a> key when you load <span
@@ -4627,7 +4643,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
\usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 2440--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a
+<!--l. 2449--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-16005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package
@@ -4639,7 +4655,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
\usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 2445--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
+<!--l. 2454--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
@@ -4647,8 +4663,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
\usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 2449--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2451--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
+<!--l. 2458--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
id="dx1-16006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
provided by the <span
@@ -4672,7 +4688,7 @@
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a
id="dx1-16009"></a> option, but the post-description
category hook can still be used.
-</p><!--l. 2465--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span
+</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some
additional commands for use with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
@@ -4685,7 +4701,7 @@
id="dx1-16012"></a> option has been used when loading
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\eglssetwidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16013"></a> <span
@@ -4694,7 +4710,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2484--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
@@ -4701,7 +4717,7 @@
id="dx1-16014"></a>) but performs a protected
expansion on ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. This has a localised effect. For a global setting, use
-</p><!--l. 2479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\xglssetwidest</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16015"></a> <span
@@ -4710,16 +4726,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2481--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2490--><p class="noindent" >
The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
-</p><!--l. 2483--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2485--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="noindent" >
for the top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 2487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestsubname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16017"></a> <span
@@ -4726,15 +4742,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2489--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2498--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the level number.
-</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" > The command <span
+</p><!--l. 2501--><p class="indent" > The command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
id="dx1-16018"></a> has a
CamelCase synonym:
-</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16019"></a> <span
@@ -4742,9 +4758,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2496--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2505--><p class="noindent" >
Similar commands are also provided:
-</p><!--l. 2498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16020"></a> <span
@@ -4753,7 +4769,7 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2500--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2509--><p class="noindent" >
This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only
useful if the glossaries that use the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
@@ -4764,7 +4780,7 @@
place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the
next run.)
-</p><!--l. 2508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16022"></a> <span
@@ -4772,12 +4788,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2510--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
id="dx1-16023"></a> key. This is useful if
all levels should have the same width for the name.
-</p><!--l. 2515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyName</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16024"></a> <span
@@ -4784,10 +4800,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2517--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 2521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2530--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16025"></a> <span
@@ -4795,11 +4811,11 @@
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2532--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels
as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored.
-</p><!--l. 2528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16026"></a> <span
@@ -4807,10 +4823,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2530--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2539--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 2534--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16027"></a> <span
@@ -4821,12 +4837,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2537--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2546--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length
of the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 2542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16028"></a> <span
@@ -4837,10 +4853,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2544--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2553--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 2548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16029"></a> <span
@@ -4853,7 +4869,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2551--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2560--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a
id="dx1-16030"></a><a
@@ -4867,7 +4883,7 @@
id="dx1-16032"></a>number
list is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 2559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16033"></a> <span
@@ -4880,10 +4896,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2562--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2571--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 2566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16034"></a> <span
@@ -4897,13 +4913,13 @@
-</p><!--l. 2569--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2578--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the
symbol. The length of the widest <a
id="dx1-16035"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 2574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16036"></a> <span
@@ -4914,13 +4930,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2586--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 2581--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a
+</p><!--l. 2590--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a
id="dx1-16037"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is governed by
-</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16038"></a> <span
@@ -4931,9 +4947,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2585--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2594--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 2587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16039"></a> <span
@@ -4944,27 +4960,27 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2589--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2598--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 2592--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span
+</p><!--l. 2601--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
id="dx1-16040"></a>
style:
-</p><!--l. 2594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeInit</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2596--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2598--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
+</p><!--l. 2605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2607--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
is provided by the length
-</p><!--l. 2600--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-16042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2602--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2604--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span
+</p><!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2613--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
id="dx1-16043"></a> style, see the
documented code (<span
@@ -4978,11 +4994,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 2611--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2620--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a
id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2>
-</p><!--l. 2614--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
+</p><!--l. 2623--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
“laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t
pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often
replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the
@@ -4996,10 +5012,10 @@
class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore
more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the
glossary.
-</p><!--l. 2626--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2635--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better
abbreviation handling, with
-</p><!--l. 2628--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-17002"></a> <span
@@ -5013,8 +5029,8 @@
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2630--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2632--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
+</p><!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2641--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
id="dx1-17003"></a> key to <span
class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be
@@ -5037,7 +5053,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5
</a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 2642--><p class="indent" > See <a
+</p><!--l. 2651--><p class="indent" > See <a
href="#sec:nested"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.6 </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span
@@ -5048,10 +5064,10 @@
id="dx1-17008"></a> within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 2646--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
+</p><!--l. 2655--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
or they may not be correctly applied. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2651--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2658--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2660--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-17009"></a> command provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by
@@ -5065,7 +5081,7 @@
href="#sec:acronymmods"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a
href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so
-</p><!--l. 2655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2664--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-17011"></a> <span
@@ -5078,7 +5094,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2657--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2666--><p class="noindent" >
is
now
equivalent
@@ -5104,7 +5120,7 @@
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 2664--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2673--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package’s <span
@@ -5124,13 +5140,13 @@
styles provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar
results.)
-</p><!--l. 2674--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 2683--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according
to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so,
unlike the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within
the same glossary.
-</p><!--l. 2680--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
+</p><!--l. 2689--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
<a
id="dx1-17016"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span
@@ -5151,7 +5167,7 @@
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-17021"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
different.
-</p><!--l. 2687--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span
+</p><!--l. 2696--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-17022"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
@@ -5171,13 +5187,13 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>.
</p>
-<!--l. 2695--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2704--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3>
-<!--l. 2698--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
+<!--l. 2707--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 2701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-18001"></a> <span
@@ -5188,9 +5204,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2703--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2712--><p class="noindent" >
before you define your abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 2706--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 2715--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (a control sequence) to accept a single
argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal
behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in
@@ -5199,7 +5215,7 @@
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
id="dx1-18002"></a> attribute set to
“true”. For those cases it will use
-</p><!--l. 2713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrtagfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-18003"></a> <span
@@ -5206,7 +5222,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2724--><p class="noindent" >
This command defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a
id="dx1-18004"></a><span
@@ -5213,7 +5229,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required.
-</p><!--l. 2719--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 2728--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred
version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred
@@ -5225,7 +5241,7 @@
forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention
it.
-</p><!--l. 2728--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
+</p><!--l. 2737--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list
of category names. The <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
@@ -5236,7 +5252,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but
this must be done before the glossary is displayed.
-</p><!--l. 2735--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 2744--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both
the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
@@ -5250,7 +5266,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
</div>
-<!--l. 2740--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
+<!--l. 2749--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For
example:
@@ -5269,18 +5285,18 @@
 <br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
 <br /> {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage}
</div>
-<!--l. 2755--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
+<!--l. 2764--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
entries with the <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
id="dx1-18008"></a> attribute set.
-</p><!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
-</p><!--l. 2765--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 2772--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
+</p><!--l. 2774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\setabbreviationstyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19001"></a> <span
@@ -5290,7 +5306,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2767--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style-name</span>⟩ is the name of the style and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label
@@ -5312,11 +5328,11 @@
id="dx1-19004"></a> attribute to
<span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2778--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
+</p><!--l. 2787--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
different category to each group and set the style for the given category.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2784--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2793--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
id="dx1-19005"></a> is disabled by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -5337,7 +5353,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a
href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is
incompatible with all the commands described here.
-<!--l. 2794--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
+<!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-19007"></a>,
@@ -5347,7 +5363,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
id="dx1-19009"></a>).
The short form can be produced with:
-</p><!--l. 2798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19010"></a> <span
@@ -5358,12 +5374,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2809--><p class="noindent" >
(Use this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
id="dx1-19011"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 2804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2812--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
+</p><!--l. 2813--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19012"></a> <span
@@ -5374,13 +5390,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2806--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2815--><p class="noindent" >
(Use this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
id="dx1-19013"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2809--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2818--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 2810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19014"></a> <span
@@ -5391,11 +5407,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2812--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" >
(This this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
id="dx1-19015"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2815--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 2824--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-19016"></a> for abbreviations,
especially if you use the ⟨<span
@@ -5403,8 +5419,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a
reset) or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2822--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
+</p><!--l. 2829--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2831--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
used on <a
id="dx1-19017"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span
@@ -5415,21 +5431,21 @@
short form on <a
id="dx1-19019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
short form in parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 2829--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
+</p><!--l. 2838--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
commands described in <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a
href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and
Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2833--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2835--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ are the same as for commands such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands:
-</p><!--l. 2839--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 2840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19020"></a> <span
@@ -5440,9 +5456,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 2845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2853--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19021"></a> <span
@@ -5453,9 +5469,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2847--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2856--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2858--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19022"></a> <span
@@ -5466,12 +5482,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2863--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19023"></a> <span
@@ -5482,9 +5498,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 2860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2868--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19024"></a> <span
@@ -5495,9 +5511,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 2874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19025"></a> <span
@@ -5508,10 +5524,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2867--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
-</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
+</p><!--l. 2880--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 2881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19026"></a> <span
@@ -5522,8 +5538,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2874--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2883--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19027"></a> <span
@@ -5534,8 +5550,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19028"></a> <span
@@ -5546,9 +5562,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2882--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 2883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2889--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 2892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19029"></a> <span
@@ -5559,8 +5575,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2885--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2894--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19030"></a> <span
@@ -5571,8 +5587,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2888--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2897--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19031"></a> <span
@@ -5583,9 +5599,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2893--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 2894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 2903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19032"></a> <span
@@ -5596,8 +5612,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2896--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19033"></a> <span
@@ -5608,8 +5624,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2899--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 2908--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-19034"></a> <span
@@ -5620,8 +5636,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2904--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
+</p><!--l. 2911--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2913--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and
@@ -5636,13 +5652,13 @@
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2910--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2921--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2921--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a
id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 2915--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option
+<!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option
<a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
@@ -5664,7 +5680,7 @@
-<!--l. 2922--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 2931--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -5978,10 +5994,10 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 2960--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2969--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4 </span> <a
id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 2963--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
+<!--l. 2972--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
regular entry (so that <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-21001"></a> uses <span
@@ -5992,7 +6008,7 @@
id="dx1-21003"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a
id="dx1-21004"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2968--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a
+</p><!--l. 2977--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-21005"></a> attribute to “true” for the
@@ -6017,7 +6033,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-21013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2977--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a
+</p><!--l. 2986--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-21014"></a> attribute. The <span
@@ -6037,7 +6053,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a
id="dx1-21019"></a> that are defined by the
style).
-</p><!--l. 2985--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
+</p><!--l. 2994--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
id="dx1-21020"></a>first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-21021"></a> may not match the text produced by
@@ -6044,10 +6060,10 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-21022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
-</p><!--l. 2989--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 2998--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles
described here.
-</p><!--l. 2992--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span
+</p><!--l. 3001--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
id="dx1-21023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold
@@ -6056,12 +6072,12 @@
id="dx1-21024"></a> package with the <span
class="cmss-10">T1</span>
option or something similar. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3000--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 3007--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3009--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-21025"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 3002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3011--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrparen</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21026"></a> <span
@@ -6068,11 +6084,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3004--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" >
to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text:
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 3008--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 3017--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-21027"></a> and <a
@@ -6079,7 +6095,7 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-21028"></a> use
-</p><!--l. 3010--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21029"></a> <span
@@ -6086,11 +6102,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3021--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form. This just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. (That is, no font change is
applied.) On first use,
-</p><!--l. 3015--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21030"></a> <span
@@ -6097,11 +6113,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3017--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3026--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is
formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 3020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongdefaultfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21031"></a> <span
@@ -6111,10 +6127,10 @@
-</p><!--l. 3022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3031--><p class="noindent" >
which again just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (no font change). On first use,
-</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21032"></a> <span
@@ -6121,20 +6137,20 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3026--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3035--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the
short form is given by
-</p><!--l. 3029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3031--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3040--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a
id="dx1-21034"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3034--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 3043--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
id="dx1-21035"></a> and <a
@@ -6141,7 +6157,7 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-21036"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 3036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvscfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21037"></a> <span
@@ -6148,13 +6164,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><a
id="x1-21038f1"></a>
On first use
-</p><!--l. 3044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3053--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21039"></a> <span
@@ -6161,7 +6177,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span>
@@ -6168,17 +6184,17 @@
to change first and subsequent uses or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the
first use.
-</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span
+</p><!--l. 3060--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrscsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined as
@@ -6187,7 +6203,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3060--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+<!--l. 3069--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a
id="dx1-21041"></a> command is provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off the
@@ -6207,7 +6223,7 @@
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 3071--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 3080--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a
id="dx1-21045"></a> and <a
@@ -6214,7 +6230,7 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-21046"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 3073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21047"></a> <span
@@ -6221,7 +6237,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span
class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a
@@ -6228,7 +6244,7 @@
id="dx1-21048"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use
-</p><!--l. 3080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3089--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21049"></a> <span
@@ -6235,23 +6251,23 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3091--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 3085--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span
+</p><!--l. 3094--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3090--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 3102--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a
id="dx1-21051"></a> or <a
@@ -6259,7 +6275,7 @@
class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-21052"></a>,
use
-</p><!--l. 3095--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvemfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21053"></a> <span
@@ -6266,9 +6282,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3106--><p class="noindent" >
On first use
-</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvemfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21054"></a> <span
@@ -6275,20 +6291,20 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3101--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 3104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtremsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21055"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3106--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic
style unless the style is a “long-em” style.
-</p><!--l. 3111--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a
id="dx1-21056"></a> or <a
@@ -6296,7 +6312,7 @@
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a
id="dx1-21057"></a>,
use
-</p><!--l. 3113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3122--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21058"></a> <span
@@ -6303,12 +6319,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3124--><p class="noindent" >
instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>and
-</p><!--l. 3117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongemfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21059"></a> <span
@@ -6318,7 +6334,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" >
instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
@@ -6326,8 +6342,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span>
is initialised to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3123--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands:
-</p><!--l. 3124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3132--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands:
+</p><!--l. 3133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21060"></a> <span
@@ -6334,9 +6350,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3135--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21061"></a> <span
@@ -6343,9 +6359,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3139--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 3132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3141--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslonguserfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21062"></a> <span
@@ -6352,9 +6368,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3134--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3143--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 3136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonguserfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21063"></a> <span
@@ -6361,17 +6377,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 3140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3151--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles:
-</p><!--l. 3146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles:
+</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvhyphenfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21065"></a> <span
@@ -6378,9 +6394,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3148--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 3150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21066"></a> <span
@@ -6387,9 +6403,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3152--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3161--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslonghyphenfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21067"></a> <span
@@ -6396,9 +6412,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 3158--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21068"></a> <span
@@ -6405,20 +6421,20 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3160--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3169--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphensuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21069"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3164--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3173--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 3167--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 3176--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a
id="dx1-21070"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvonlyfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21071"></a> <span
@@ -6425,9 +6441,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3180--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 3173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21072"></a> <span
@@ -6434,9 +6450,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3175--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3184--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 3177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3186--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongonlyfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21073"></a> <span
@@ -6443,9 +6459,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3188--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 3181--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongonlyfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21074"></a> <span
@@ -6455,25 +6471,25 @@
-</p><!--l. 3183--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3192--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 3185--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlysuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21075"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3187--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3196--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 3190--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
+</p><!--l. 3199--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To
move it inside, use:
-</p><!--l. 3193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21076"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3204--><p class="noindent" >
This applies to all the predefined styles. For example:
@@ -6484,17 +6500,17 @@
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
 <br />\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue
</div>
-<!--l. 3201--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
+<!--l. 3210--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
(without <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the
emphasized font.
-</p><!--l. 3206--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a
+</p><!--l. 3215--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-21077"></a>, the inserted text would be
placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the
above example).
-</p><!--l. 3210--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span
+</p><!--l. 3219--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span
class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase
letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in
@@ -6508,8 +6524,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3217--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3219--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
+<!--l. 3226--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3228--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
easier to redefine this command to convert case:
@@ -6519,9 +6535,9 @@
\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}
 <br />\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3225--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3227--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use
-</p><!--l. 3228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 3234--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3236--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use
+</p><!--l. 3237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullsep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21078"></a> <span
@@ -6528,7 +6544,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3230--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3239--><p class="noindent" >
as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by
default, but may be changed as required. For example:
@@ -6538,7 +6554,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~}
</div>
-<!--l. 3235--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 3244--><p class="nopar" > or
@@ -6546,8 +6562,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 3239--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3241--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
+<!--l. 3248--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span
@@ -6558,7 +6574,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>⟩][<span
class="cmtt-10">-user</span>]
- <!--l. 3246--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span
+ <!--l. 3255--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ parts may be omitted.
These styles display ⟨<span
@@ -6567,23 +6583,23 @@
class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ starts
with “no” then the parenthetical element is omitted from the display style
but is included in the inline style.
- </p><!--l. 3252--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ </p><!--l. 3261--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ part is present, then the field has a font changing command
applied to it.
- </p><!--l. 3255--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ </p><!--l. 3264--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ is placed after the <a
id="dx1-21079"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the
post-link hook.
- </p><!--l. 3258--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ </p><!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
id="dx1-21080"></a> value, if provided, is inserted
into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material
may be changed.)
- </p><!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span
@@ -6639,7 +6655,7 @@
<li class="itemize">⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span>
- <!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a
+ <!--l. 3295--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-21087"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the
@@ -6655,7 +6671,7 @@
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a
id="dx1-21090"></a> style is a minor variation that
style that doesn’t set the attribute.
- </p><!--l. 3293--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a
+ </p><!--l. 3302--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a
id="dx1-21091"></a>, that have
@@ -6673,7 +6689,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span
class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span
class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>
- <!--l. 3303--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If
<span
class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a
@@ -6682,12 +6698,12 @@
post-link hook. The inline style does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by the other field in
parentheses.
- </p><!--l. 3309--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ </p><!--l. 3318--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩ is present, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ has a font-changing command applied to
it.
- </p><!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 3321--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
@@ -6701,21 +6717,21 @@
id="dx1-21095"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in
the footnote outside of the <a
id="dx1-21096"></a>link-text.</li></ul>
- <!--l. 3320--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
+ <!--l. 3329--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
where <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
id="dx1-21097"></a> doesn’t work. </div>
- </p><!--l. 3323--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3332--><p class="noindent" >
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-desc</span>
- <!--l. 3327--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 3336--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-21098"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations
with this style.
- </p><!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize"><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
@@ -6737,12 +6753,12 @@
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 3340--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
+<!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where
the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where
the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning
using:
-</p><!--l. 3346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 3355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-21103"></a> <span
@@ -6753,17 +6769,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3357--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">old-name</span>⟩ is the deprecated name and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">new-name</span>⟩ is the preferred name. You
can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing.
-</p><!--l. 3354--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3354--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.1 </span> <a
id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 3357--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a
+<!--l. 3366--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-22001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories
@@ -6982,7 +6998,7 @@
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
- <!--l. 3427--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ <!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-22050"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
@@ -7192,12 +7208,12 @@
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-22099"></a> attribute.
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3506--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3515--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3506--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3515--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.2 </span> <a
id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 3509--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a
+<!--l. 3518--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-23001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has
@@ -7331,12 +7347,12 @@
id="dx1-23028"></a> style
but additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This
checks the value of the field given by
- <!--l. 3563--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3572--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserfield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3565--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3574--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a
@@ -7354,7 +7370,7 @@
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field-value</span>⟩). The format is
governed by
- </p><!--l. 3573--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserparen</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23032"></a> <span
@@ -7363,7 +7379,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3575--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3584--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the short form (for the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
@@ -7377,7 +7393,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep </span>and then the parenthetical content (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a
id="dx1-23035"></a>).
- </p><!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" >The ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 3591--><p class="noindent" >The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ argument includes the font formatting command, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span>
<span
@@ -7394,7 +7410,7 @@
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
id="dx1-23037"></a> style.
- </p><!--l. 3588--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+ </p><!--l. 3597--><p class="noindent" >For example:
@@ -7406,20 +7422,20 @@
 <br /> [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]
 <br /> {dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V}
</div>
- <!--l. 3598--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 3607--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 3601--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span
+ <!--l. 3610--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> User Group (TUG)</p></div>
- <!--l. 3603--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 3612--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 3605--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung <span class="TEX">T<span
+ <!--l. 3614--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> e.V (DANTE,
German Speaking <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> User Group)</p></div>
- <!--l. 3608--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
- </p><!--l. 3609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
+ </p><!--l. 3618--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23038"></a> <span
@@ -7426,15 +7442,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3611--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3620--><p class="noindent" >
and the plural suffix is given by
- </p><!--l. 3613--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3622--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3615--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps
+ </p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3626--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps
style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
@@ -7448,7 +7464,7 @@
\renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}}
 <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
</div>
- <!--l. 3623--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 3632--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span
@@ -7495,12 +7511,12 @@
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). Before version 1.04, this was
incorrectly set to the short form. If you want to revert back to this you can
redefine
- <!--l. 3640--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3649--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3642--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3651--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -7509,7 +7525,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok}
</div>
- <!--l. 3646--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+ <!--l. 3655--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-23052"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short forms are
separated by <span
@@ -7850,7 +7866,7 @@
marker may be, if the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-23131"></a> package is used).
- <!--l. 3762--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -7858,8 +7874,8 @@
form. The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-23133"></a> is set to the long form.
- </p><!--l. 3766--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
- </p><!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3775--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
+ </p><!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23134"></a> <span
@@ -7867,10 +7883,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3769--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" >
to format the long form on <a
id="dx1-23135"></a>first use or for the full form and
- </p><!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongfootnotefont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23136"></a> <span
@@ -7877,11 +7893,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3773--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3782--><p class="noindent" >
to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>).
- </p><!--l. 3777--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
- </p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 3786--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
+ </p><!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23137"></a> <span
@@ -7890,7 +7906,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" >
By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
id="dx1-23138"></a><span
@@ -7908,7 +7924,7 @@
 <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 3788--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
+ <!--l. 3797--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
@@ -7918,7 +7934,7 @@
 <br />  \footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}: #2}%
 <br />}
</div>
- <!--l. 3794--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span
+ <!--l. 3803--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference
(see <a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span
@@ -8009,7 +8025,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a
id="dx1-23158"></a>.
- <!--l. 3831--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 3840--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -8151,7 +8167,7 @@
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
id="dx1-23188"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted
using
- <!--l. 3889--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23189"></a> <span
@@ -8169,7 +8185,7 @@
- </p><!--l. 3891--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of
commands like <span
@@ -8184,7 +8200,7 @@
attribute is set then the long form will become hyphenated. (If this
attribute isn’t set, there’s no alteration to the way the long form is
displayed.)
- </p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 3909--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) type of styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
@@ -8193,7 +8209,7 @@
repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form
is:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 3905--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
@@ -8203,7 +8219,7 @@
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩)</p></div>
- <!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
+ <!--l. 3917--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -8212,7 +8228,7 @@
moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>.
- </p><!--l. 3913--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span
+ </p><!--l. 3922--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span
class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using:
@@ -8223,7 +8239,7 @@
 <br />\setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
 <br />\newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol}
</div>
- <!--l. 3918--><p class="nopar" > then
+ <!--l. 3927--><p class="nopar" > then
@@ -8231,10 +8247,10 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
\gls{ip}[-Adressen]
</div>
- <!--l. 3922--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ <!--l. 3931--><p class="nopar" > will do
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 3925--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
- <!--l. 3927--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
+ <!--l. 3934--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
+ <!--l. 3936--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
@@ -8242,11 +8258,11 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
\gls{ip}[ Address]
</div>
- <!--l. 3930--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ <!--l. 3939--><p class="nopar" > will do
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div>
- <!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
- </p><!--l. 3937--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
+ <!--l. 3942--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div>
+ <!--l. 3944--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
+ </p><!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that
@@ -8256,12 +8272,12 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
\glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen]
</div>
- <!--l. 3942--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ <!--l. 3951--><p class="nopar" > will do
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 3945--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div>
+ <!--l. 3954--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div>
</div>
- <!--l. 3947--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 3949--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
+ <!--l. 3956--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
id="dx1-23193"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of
@@ -8272,11 +8288,11 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
\gls{ip}[-Adressen]
</div>
- <!--l. 3953--><p class="nopar" > would do
+ <!--l. 3962--><p class="nopar" > would do
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 3956--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
- <!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >instead.
- </p><!--l. 3960--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 3965--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
+ <!--l. 3967--><p class="noindent" >instead.
+ </p><!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is likely to contain commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
then use <a
@@ -8284,8 +8300,8 @@
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-23194"></a> instead to avoid nested links.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 3966--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
+ </p><!--l. 3973--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3975--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps
@@ -8298,7 +8314,7 @@
\renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}
 <br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
</div>
- <!--l. 3972--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
+ <!--l. 3981--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span
@@ -8331,7 +8347,7 @@
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a
id="dx1-23199"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 3992--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 4001--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-23200"></a> but the user
@@ -8342,7 +8358,7 @@
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a
id="dx1-23201"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-23202"></a> but the
@@ -8368,7 +8384,7 @@
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
where
- </p><!--l. 4006--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 4015--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23203"></a> <span
@@ -8377,7 +8393,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4008--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4017--><p class="noindent" >
is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br />⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ (<span
@@ -8389,15 +8405,15 @@
- </p><!--l. 4014--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span
+ </p><!--l. 4023--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-23204"></a>.) </div>
- </p><!--l. 4017--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 4019--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
- </p><!--l. 4020--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 4026--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4028--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
+ </p><!--l. 4029--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphen</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23205"></a> <span
@@ -8409,7 +8425,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" >
checks if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally
@@ -8422,7 +8438,7 @@
this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
- </p><!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
+ </p><!--l. 4040--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -8429,8 +8445,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 4034--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 4036--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
+ </p><!--l. 4043--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4045--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
behaves differently to the first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -8447,7 +8463,7 @@
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a
id="dx1-23206"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4043--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 4052--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-23207"></a> but the
@@ -8463,7 +8479,7 @@
id="dx1-23209"></a>,
except that the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in
parentheses. The full form is formatted using
- <!--l. 4052--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 4061--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23210"></a> <span
@@ -8478,7 +8494,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4054--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4063--><p class="noindent" >
which behaves in an analogous way to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -8487,7 +8503,7 @@
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a
id="dx1-23211"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4059--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 4068--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-23212"></a> but the user
@@ -8527,7 +8543,7 @@
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
where
- <!--l. 4073--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 4082--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-23215"></a> <span
@@ -8536,13 +8552,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4075--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" >
is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to
those used with <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-23216"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 4079--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
+ </p><!--l. 4088--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -8549,8 +8565,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 4082--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
+ </p><!--l. 4091--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4093--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
behaves differently to the first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -8567,7 +8583,7 @@
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a
id="dx1-23217"></a> </dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4091--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 4100--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-23218"></a> but the
@@ -8574,13 +8590,13 @@
user supplies the description.
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4097--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4106--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4097--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4106--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.5 </span> <a
id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 4100--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 4109--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
+</p><!--l. 4110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviationstyle</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24001"></a> <span
@@ -8592,8 +8608,8 @@
class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4103--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4104--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 4112--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4113--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a
@@ -8605,7 +8621,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 4111--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 4120--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
unless you have reverted <span
@@ -8619,17 +8635,17 @@
package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 4118--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4120--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4129--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may
set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should
redefine
-</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4125--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4134--><p class="noindent" >
to set the entry fields including the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-24007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
@@ -8647,12 +8663,12 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
id="dx1-24013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+</p><!--l. 4141--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to
protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4137--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 4144--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4146--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-24014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
@@ -8674,7 +8690,7 @@
 <br />    plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
 <br />    description={\the\glslongtok}}%
</div>
-<!--l. 4151--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span
+<!--l. 4160--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-24015"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
@@ -8681,7 +8697,7 @@
id="dx1-24016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4155--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-24017"></a>, use commands like <span
@@ -8699,17 +8715,17 @@
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument even if they’re not used within
<span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 4173--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument may also redefine
-</p><!--l. 4165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" >
which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do
nothing.)
-</p><!--l. 4171--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-24020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span
@@ -8728,7 +8744,7 @@
 <br />    {}%
 <br />  }%
</div>
-<!--l. 4182--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a
+<!--l. 4191--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
id="dx1-24021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a
@@ -8740,24 +8756,24 @@
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
id="dx1-24023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by
other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category.
-</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
+</p><!--l. 4198--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
following token registers.
-</p><!--l. 4192--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 4201--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 4193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4202--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsshorttok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4195--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4197--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 4198--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsshortpltok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4209--><p class="noindent" >
(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
through the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
@@ -8764,22 +8780,22 @@
id="dx1-24026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-24027"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongtok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4210--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 4217--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4219--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 4211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongpltok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4213--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="noindent" >
(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
through the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
@@ -8786,7 +8802,7 @@
id="dx1-24030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-24031"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4218--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a
+</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
id="dx1-24032"></a>). The
@@ -8794,19 +8810,19 @@
(unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands:
-</p><!--l. 4223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorgshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4234--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form and
-</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorglong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4229--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-24035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that
@@ -8814,37 +8830,37 @@
may be added by the attribute setting.)
-</p><!--l. 4233--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 4242--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
-</p><!--l. 4236--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslabeltok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4247--><p class="noindent" >
which contains the entry’s label and
-</p><!--l. 4240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glskeylisttok</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4242--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" >
which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-24038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span
+</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span
class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above.
The category label can be access through the command (not a register):
-</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscategorylabel</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" >
This may be used inside the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 4256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24040"></a> <span
@@ -8851,7 +8867,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span
@@ -8865,28 +8881,28 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc}
</div>
-<!--l. 4263--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span
+<!--l. 4272--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 4266--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 4275--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document.
This argument should redefine the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 4270--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span
+</p><!--l. 4279--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-24042"></a>
key):
-</p><!--l. 4272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="noindent" >
(Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 4278--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a
+</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a
id="dx1-24044"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 4279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24045"></a> <span
@@ -8893,12 +8909,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4281--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
+</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
id="dx1-24046"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 4285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24047"></a> <span
@@ -8905,10 +8921,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a
+</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4298--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a
id="dx1-24048"></a>first use or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24049"></a> <span
@@ -8915,10 +8931,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4294--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 4301--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use:
-</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4305--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslongfont</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24050"></a> <span
@@ -8925,8 +8941,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4298--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 4307--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-24051"></a> on <a
id="dx1-24052"></a>first use for
@@ -8934,7 +8950,7 @@
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-24053"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24054"></a> <span
@@ -8943,8 +8959,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4305--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4307--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4316--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-24055"></a> on
<a
@@ -8952,7 +8968,7 @@
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-24057"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24058"></a> <span
@@ -8961,8 +8977,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 4321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4323--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
id="dx1-24059"></a> on <a
id="dx1-24060"></a>first use for
@@ -8970,7 +8986,7 @@
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-24061"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 4317--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24062"></a> <span
@@ -8982,8 +8998,8 @@
-</p><!--l. 4319--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4321--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 4328--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4330--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
id="dx1-24063"></a> on
<a
@@ -8992,7 +9008,7 @@
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-24065"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24066"></a> <span
@@ -9001,12 +9017,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4328--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4337--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline
full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the
display full forms.
-</p><!--l. 4332--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 4341--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
id="dx1-24067"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
@@ -9014,7 +9030,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a
id="dx1-24069"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 4334--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24070"></a> <span
@@ -9024,14 +9040,14 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4338--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4347--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a
id="dx1-24071"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a
id="dx1-24072"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24073"></a> <span
@@ -9041,8 +9057,8 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 4351--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4353--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a
id="dx1-24074"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a
@@ -9050,7 +9066,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a
id="dx1-24076"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24077"></a> <span
@@ -9060,14 +9076,14 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4348--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4350--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 4357--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4359--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a
id="dx1-24078"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a
id="dx1-24079"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 4352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4361--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24080"></a> <span
@@ -9077,8 +9093,8 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4354--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
+</p><!--l. 4363--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for
abbreviations with the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
@@ -9085,8 +9101,8 @@
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-24081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these
commands, the default values are used.
-</p><!--l. 4362--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 4363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24082"></a> <span
@@ -9095,9 +9111,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24083"></a> <span
@@ -9106,12 +9122,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4370--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 4373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24084"></a> <span
@@ -9121,9 +9137,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 4378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24085"></a> <span
@@ -9133,8 +9149,8 @@
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4380--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span
+</p><!--l. 4389--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-24086"></a> use the following
<span
@@ -9153,7 +9169,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩
command.)
-</p><!--l. 4390--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-24088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
@@ -9191,10 +9207,10 @@
 <br />    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
 <br />  }%
</div>
-<!--l. 4420--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
+<!--l. 4429--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
display versions.
-</p><!--l. 4424--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 4425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4433--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 4434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-24089"></a> <span
@@ -9201,7 +9217,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4436--><p class="noindent" >
within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the
@@ -9217,8 +9233,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
  \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
</div>
-<!--l. 4433--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4435--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a
+<!--l. 4442--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4444--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-24091"></a> that displays
@@ -9239,7 +9255,7 @@
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 4448--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
+<!--l. 4457--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
@@ -9252,7 +9268,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified
styles.
-</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
+</p><!--l. 4465--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
(<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>).
@@ -9259,11 +9275,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 4459--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4468--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 4468--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a
id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4462--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter
or section titles. The principle problems are: </p>
@@ -9297,9 +9313,9 @@
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-25004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
contents.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 4483--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
+<!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
issues).
-</p><!--l. 4486--><p class="indent" > To get around all these problems, the <span
+</p><!--l. 4495--><p class="indent" > To get around all these problems, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends
using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
@@ -9330,7 +9346,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
\chapter{A Chapter about \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4499--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span
+<!--l. 4508--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-25008"></a>:
@@ -9341,8 +9357,8 @@
\chapter{A Chapter about
 <br />\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4504--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
+<!--l. 4513--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
@@ -9356,7 +9372,7 @@
header using <span
class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a
id="dx1-25009"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4517--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span
class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a
id="dx1-25010"></a> and
@@ -9364,12 +9380,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span><a
id="dx1-25011"></a>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their former definitions
using
-</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="noindent" >
In this case, you’ll have to use the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either
simply using <span
@@ -9383,13 +9399,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
\chapter[A Chapter about \glsentryshort{html}]{A Chapter about \gls{html}}
</div>
-<!--l. 4529--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span
+<!--l. 4538--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4540--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can
use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can
still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they
don’t conflict with the page style.
-</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" > The commands listed below all use <span
+</p><!--l. 4546--><p class="indent" > The commands listed below all use <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a
id="dx1-25013"></a> if <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
@@ -9398,7 +9414,7 @@
bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert the first letter to
upper case aren’t expandable, the non-case-changing version is used for the
bookmarks.
-</p><!--l. 4543--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span
+</p><!--l. 4552--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>(or
equivalent) with the options <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
@@ -9411,7 +9427,7 @@
class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a
id="dx1-25017"></a> attribute to “true” for the
appropriate category.
-</p><!--l. 4551--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span
+</p><!--l. 4560--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
id="dx1-25018"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t
provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter
@@ -9429,9 +9445,9 @@
class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a
id="dx1-25020"></a> package in this case.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 4562--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4564--><p class="indent" > Display the short form:
-</p><!--l. 4565--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4573--><p class="indent" > Display the short form:
+</p><!--l. 4574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25021"></a> <span
@@ -9438,9 +9454,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4567--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4569--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 4570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4576--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 4579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25022"></a> <span
@@ -9447,9 +9463,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4572--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4574--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form:
-</p><!--l. 4575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 4584--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25023"></a> <span
@@ -9456,10 +9472,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4577--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4586--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4580--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 4590--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25024"></a> <span
@@ -9469,10 +9485,10 @@
-</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4592--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4586--><p class="indent" > Display the long form:
-</p><!--l. 4587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4595--><p class="indent" > Display the long form:
+</p><!--l. 4596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25025"></a> <span
@@ -9479,9 +9495,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4591--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 4592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4598--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4600--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 4601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25026"></a> <span
@@ -9488,9 +9504,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4594--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4596--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form:
-</p><!--l. 4597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4603--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form:
+</p><!--l. 4606--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25027"></a> <span
@@ -9497,10 +9513,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4599--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4608--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4602--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 4603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4611--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 4612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25028"></a> <span
@@ -9507,14 +9523,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4608--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span
+</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span
class="cmti-10">inline</span>
full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4612--><p class="indent" > Display the full form:
-</p><!--l. 4613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4621--><p class="indent" > Display the full form:
+</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25029"></a> <span
@@ -9521,9 +9537,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4624--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4626--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 4627--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25030"></a> <span
@@ -9530,9 +9546,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form:
-</p><!--l. 4623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form:
+</p><!--l. 4632--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfull</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25031"></a> <span
@@ -9539,10 +9555,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4628--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4637--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 4638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfullpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25032"></a> <span
@@ -9549,12 +9565,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4634--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 4643--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
id="dx1-25033"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 4636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmttext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25034"></a> <span
@@ -9561,9 +9577,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 4641--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4647--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4649--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 4650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmttext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25035"></a> <span
@@ -9570,10 +9586,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4643--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4652--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4646--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 4647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 4656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25036"></a> <span
@@ -9583,9 +9599,9 @@
-</p><!--l. 4649--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 4651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25037"></a> <span
@@ -9592,11 +9608,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4664--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-25038"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 4657--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25039"></a> <span
@@ -9603,9 +9619,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4659--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4661--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4670--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 4671--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25040"></a> <span
@@ -9612,10 +9628,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4667--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4676--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 4677--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirstpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25041"></a> <span
@@ -9622,9 +9638,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4670--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 4672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4681--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-25042"></a> <span
@@ -9631,16 +9647,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4674--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4683--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4676--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 4676--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4685--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 4685--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a
id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-26001"></a> (or commands that internally use it
such as <span
@@ -9654,7 +9670,7 @@
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-26004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters
active.)
-</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
+</p><!--l. 4697--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary
type. Be careful not to confuse <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
@@ -9661,7 +9677,7 @@
id="dx1-26005"></a> with <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
id="dx1-26006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4693--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span
+</p><!--l. 4702--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-26007"></a>.
@@ -9674,7 +9690,7 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-26009"></a> by default.
-</p><!--l. 4700--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span
+</p><!--l. 4709--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span
class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
id="dx1-26010"></a> with the <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
@@ -9699,8 +9715,8 @@
option, that command will set the category to <span
class="cmss-10">number</span><a
id="dx1-26018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4708--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 4709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 4718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26019"></a> <span
@@ -9707,12 +9723,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4711--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="noindent" >
This is equivalent to commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an
expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist.
-</p><!--l. 4716--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 4725--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 4726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26020"></a> <span
@@ -9727,7 +9743,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4729--><p class="noindent" >
This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -9753,7 +9769,7 @@
</div> so any restrictions that apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>.
-<!--l. 4729--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span
+<!--l. 4738--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-26022"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
@@ -9768,7 +9784,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4737--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span
+</p><!--l. 4746--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<a
@@ -9809,7 +9825,7 @@
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
id="dx1-26032"></a> attribute then just
redefine
- <!--l. 4754--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26033"></a> <span
@@ -9816,7 +9832,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4765--><p class="noindent" >
to do nothing.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
@@ -9866,7 +9882,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. (Provided
for entries such as abbreviations that end with a full stop.)
- <!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
+ <!--l. 4788--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
full stop. For example:
@@ -9878,7 +9894,7 @@
 <br /> {dante}{DANTE e.V.}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\
 <br />e.V.}
</div>
- <!--l. 4786--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span
+ <!--l. 4795--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-26044"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
@@ -9894,7 +9910,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
\glsuseri{dante}[.]
</div>
- <!--l. 4793--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a
+ <!--l. 4802--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a
id="dx1-26047"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be
discarded.
@@ -9940,14 +9956,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-26055"></a>
will automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with
- <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 4821--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrwordsep</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26056"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4814--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4823--><p class="noindent" >
and each word is encapsulated with
- </p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ </p><!--l. 4825--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrword</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26057"></a> <span
@@ -9954,7 +9970,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">word</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4827--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -9964,7 +9980,7 @@
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true}
 <br />\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol}
</div>
- <!--l. 4823--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
+ <!--l. 4832--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
@@ -9973,7 +9989,7 @@
\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}
 <br />{\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}}
</div>
- <!--l. 4828--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a
+ <!--l. 4837--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
id="dx1-26058"></a>, take advantage of this
@@ -9995,15 +10011,15 @@
\newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%
 <br /> {\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}}
</div>
- <!--l. 4840--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 4842--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural.
- </p><!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
+ <!--l. 4849--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 4851--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural.
+ </p><!--l. 4853--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
ending up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-26060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
- </p><!--l. 4848--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4857--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span
@@ -10014,7 +10030,7 @@
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
id="dx1-26062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only
useful for abbreviations that contain spaces.)
- <!--l. 4854--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span
+ <!--l. 4863--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-26063"></a> key isn’t used.
This setting will take precedence over <a
@@ -10021,13 +10037,13 @@
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
id="dx1-26064"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 4858--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
+ </p><!--l. 4867--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
ending up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-26065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
- </p><!--l. 4862--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4871--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span
@@ -10051,14 +10067,14 @@
class="cmssi-10">markshortwords</span></a><a
id="dx1-26068"></a><span
class="cmti-10">.</span>
- <!--l. 4874--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span
+ <!--l. 4883--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-26069"></a> key, you must
explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to
determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot).
</div>
- </p><!--l. 4880--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 4882--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a
+ </p><!--l. 4889--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4891--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
id="dx1-26070"></a> attribute set to “true”.
@@ -10147,7 +10163,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
id="dx1-26088"></a>
should behave.
- <!--l. 4915--><p class="noindent" >With <span
+ <!--l. 4924--><p class="noindent" >With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous
@@ -10185,7 +10201,7 @@
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
id="dx1-26094"></a>). If you want to use a
different command you can redefine:
- <!--l. 4934--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 4943--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26095"></a> <span
@@ -10193,7 +10209,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4936--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4945--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -10202,7 +10218,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}}
</div>
- <!--l. 4940--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span
+ <!--l. 4949--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control
sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why
<span
@@ -10210,7 +10226,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.)
</p>
</li></ul>
- <!--l. 4947--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
+ <!--l. 4956--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands.
See the <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
@@ -10233,7 +10249,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph}
</div>
- <!--l. 4960--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 4969--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<a
id="catattr.glossname"></a><span
@@ -10280,10 +10296,10 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph}
</div>
- <!--l. 4980--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span
+ <!--l. 4989--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute
hasn’t been set.
- </p><!--l. 4984--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
+ </p><!--l. 4993--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\item</span>.
@@ -10319,7 +10335,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
</div>
- <!--l. 4999--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span
+ <!--l. 5008--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL
contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -10330,7 +10346,7 @@
id="dx1-26112"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that
expand to literal characters.
- </p><!--l. 5007--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
+ </p><!--l. 5016--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
<span
class="cmtt-10">#</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ to the URL), then you also need to set <a
@@ -10343,7 +10359,7 @@
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ which is set by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to
the entry’s label.
- </p><!--l. 5013--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span
+ </p><!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>
which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want
@@ -10359,10 +10375,10 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
</div>
- <!--l. 5020--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span
+ <!--l. 5029--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust
the above as appropriate.)
- </p><!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 5033--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩ then use <a
@@ -10375,7 +10391,7 @@
class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a
id="dx1-26116"></a> for the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩ part.
- </p><!--l. 5028--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+ </p><!--l. 5037--><p class="noindent" >For example:
@@ -10385,11 +10401,11 @@
 <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}
 <br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7}
</div>
- <!--l. 5033--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span
+ <!--l. 5042--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span
class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span
class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span>
(page 7 of that PDF).
- </p><!--l. 5037--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
+ </p><!--l. 5046--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use
the starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
@@ -10409,11 +10425,11 @@
 <br />  category=external,
 <br />  description={external example}}
</div>
- <!--l. 5053--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 5062--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5058--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using:
-</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 5067--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using:
+</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssetcategoryattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26118"></a> <span
@@ -10426,17 +10442,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ is the category label, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is the attribute label and
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the new value for the attribute.
-</p><!--l. 5066--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a
+</p><!--l. 5075--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-26119"></a> attribute to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5077--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssetregularcategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26120"></a> <span
@@ -10444,10 +10460,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 5079--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
shortcut command:
-</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glssetattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26121"></a> <span
@@ -10460,13 +10476,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5076--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note
that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26122"></a> <span
@@ -10477,10 +10493,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5094--><p class="noindent" >
Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given
entry:
-</p><!--l. 5088--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsgetattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26123"></a> <span
@@ -10493,9 +10509,9 @@
-</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 5094--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5099--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5101--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glshascategoryattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26124"></a> <span
@@ -10510,7 +10526,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-26125"></a>’s <span
@@ -10519,7 +10535,7 @@
isn’t blank and isn’t <span
class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label
from an entry is:
-</p><!--l. 5102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glshasattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26126"></a> <span
@@ -10534,9 +10550,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5105--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5107--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 5109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5114--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategoryattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26127"></a> <span
@@ -10553,7 +10569,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" >
This tests if the attribute (given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩) for the category (given by
⟨<span
@@ -10563,7 +10579,7 @@
isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is done.
-</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -10571,7 +10587,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
\glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO HYPER}{HYPER}
</div>
-<!--l. 5121--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span
+<!--l. 5130--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-26128"></a> category has the <a
href="#catattr.nohyper"><span
@@ -10579,7 +10595,7 @@
id="dx1-26129"></a> attribute set to
<span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”.
-</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a
+</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a
href="#catattr.nohyper"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a
id="dx1-26130"></a>, make sure you always test for <span
@@ -10586,9 +10602,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">true</span>
not <span
class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set.
-</p><!--l. 5129--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
+</p><!--l. 5138--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
entry:
-</p><!--l. 5131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26131"></a> <span
@@ -10605,13 +10621,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">} {</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5133--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a
+</p><!--l. 5142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5144--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-26132"></a>
attribute set to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifregularcategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26133"></a> <span
@@ -10624,9 +10640,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5139--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="noindent" >
Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 5142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifregular</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26134"></a> <span
@@ -10638,7 +10654,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5144--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5153--><p class="noindent" >
Note that if the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
@@ -10649,7 +10665,7 @@
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-26136"></a> attribute has been set to
“false”:
-</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregularcategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26137"></a> <span
@@ -10662,9 +10678,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5150--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="noindent" >
or for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregular</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26138"></a> <span
@@ -10676,7 +10692,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5154--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="noindent" >
Again, if the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
@@ -10683,8 +10699,8 @@
id="dx1-26139"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩, so these
reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense.
-</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 5161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10698,7 +10714,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5171--><p class="noindent" >
This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated
list ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ that have the category given by ⟨<span
@@ -10714,9 +10730,9 @@
-</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
+</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
attribute using:
-</p><!--l. 5174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsforeachwithattribute</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26140"></a> <span
@@ -10736,18 +10752,18 @@
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5185--><p class="noindent" >
This will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ for each entry that has a category with the attribute ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩
set to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>⟩. The remaining arguments are as the previous command.
-</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
+</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
field changing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a
id="dx1-26141"></a>. Alternatively, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 5184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategory</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26142"></a> <span
@@ -10757,7 +10773,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5186--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5195--><p class="noindent" >
This will change the category to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ for each entry listed in the
comma-separated list ⟨<span
@@ -10766,9 +10782,9 @@
id="dx1-26143"></a> so it will
expand ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ and make the change global.
-</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
+</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
using:
-</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-26144"></a> <span
@@ -10779,7 +10795,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5196--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5205--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels.
@@ -10786,11 +10802,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 5200--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5200--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5209--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 5209--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a
id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a
+</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a
href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a
href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span
@@ -10808,7 +10824,7 @@
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
+</p><!--l. 5219--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
by commands that change the <a
id="dx1-27004"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands
@@ -10815,8 +10831,8 @@
that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that
don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="indent" > With <span
+</p><!--l. 5225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5227--><p class="indent" > With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
id="dx1-27005"></a> instead of <span
@@ -10849,9 +10865,9 @@
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
id="dx1-27011"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5229--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span
+</p><!--l. 5238--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available:
-</p><!--l. 5231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGLS</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27012"></a> <span
@@ -10862,9 +10878,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5233--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 5235--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGLSpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27013"></a> <span
@@ -10875,11 +10891,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5237--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5246--><p class="noindent" >
These are analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use
-</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGLSformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27014"></a> <span
@@ -10888,9 +10904,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5251--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\cGLSplformat</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27015"></a> <span
@@ -10899,12 +10915,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5246--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" >
which convert the analogous <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="indent" > Just using <span
+</p><!--l. 5259--><p class="indent" > Just using <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
@@ -10923,8 +10939,8 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 5272--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5274--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span
+<!--l. 5281--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5283--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
@@ -10947,13 +10963,13 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 5299--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5301--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span
+<!--l. 5308--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5310--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
id="dx1-27017"></a> now
use
-</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27018"></a> <span
@@ -10966,7 +10982,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="noindent" >
to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ uses
commands like <span
@@ -10982,7 +10998,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
@@ -11000,7 +11016,7 @@
 <br /> {#3}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5328--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
+<!--l. 5337--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
id="dx1-27020"></a>
@@ -11008,7 +11024,7 @@
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ will be used if the previous count value (the number of
times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the
attribute.
-</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
+</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
four:
@@ -11017,8 +11033,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4}
</div>
-<!--l. 5339--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
+<!--l. 5348--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5350--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
<a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
@@ -11027,7 +11043,7 @@
id="dx1-27022"></a>, etc to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
id="dx1-27023"></a> etc:
-</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27024"></a> <span
@@ -11038,7 +11054,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="noindent" >
The first argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories. For each
category, the <a
@@ -11058,14 +11074,14 @@
 <br />\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
 <br />\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
</div>
-<!--l. 5357--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
-</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
+<!--l. 5366--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
+</p><!--l. 5370--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will
just set the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
id="dx1-27026"></a> attribute for each listed category.
-</p><!--l. 5365--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become:
+</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become:
@@ -11083,12 +11099,12 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 5387--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5389--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
+<!--l. 5396--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands
will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27027"></a> <span
@@ -11101,7 +11117,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5405--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should
be applied, ⟨<span
@@ -11108,15 +11124,15 @@
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the trigger value and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ is the name of the counter
used by the sectional unit.
-</p><!--l. 5402--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span
+</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine, discrepancies will
occur in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
id="dx1-27028"></a> counter. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5406--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
+</p><!--l. 5415--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5417--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
counting in the same document.
-</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span
+</p><!--l. 5420--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩
needs to be expandable. Since <span
@@ -11131,7 +11147,7 @@
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ if it exists otherwise it will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 5418--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a
+</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
id="dx1-27030"></a> (as before) and
@@ -11142,10 +11158,10 @@
-</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
+</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for
this run:
-</p><!--l. 5424--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27032"></a> <span
@@ -11152,9 +11168,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="noindent" >
and the final value from the previous run:
-</p><!--l. 5428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27033"></a> <span
@@ -11161,13 +11177,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5439--><p class="noindent" >
In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span
class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In
both commands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
-</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
+</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27034"></a> <span
@@ -11174,11 +11190,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5438--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5447--><p class="noindent" >
which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry
given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, and
-</p><!--l. 5441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27035"></a> <span
@@ -11185,10 +11201,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5443--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5452--><p class="noindent" >
which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.
-</p><!--l. 5446--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
-</p><!--l. 5448--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
+</p><!--l. 5455--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
+</p><!--l. 5457--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
@@ -11212,7 +11228,7 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 5479--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span
+<!--l. 5488--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span
class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is
more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a
@@ -11226,12 +11242,12 @@
long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary
file.
-</p><!--l. 5490--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing
suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the
first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger
value.
-</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing
suppression because it’s in the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
@@ -11238,7 +11254,7 @@
id="dx1-27037"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5501--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
+</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
@@ -11247,12 +11263,12 @@
hyperlink for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-27038"></a> by modifying the hook
-</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-27039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5518--><p class="noindent" >
which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the
hyperlink.
@@ -11280,10 +11296,10 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 5544--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 5553--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each
page.
-</p><!--l. 5548--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span
+</p><!--l. 5557--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
id="dx1-27040"></a> counter still applies. If the
first instance of <span
@@ -11294,11 +11310,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 5553--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5553--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5562--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 5562--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a
id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5556--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
+</p><!--l. 5565--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in
this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
@@ -11308,7 +11324,7 @@
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
id="dx1-28002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5563--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a
id="dx1-28003"></a> macro, used at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
@@ -11326,14 +11342,14 @@
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-28007"></a>
key.
-</p><!--l. 5573--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span
+</p><!--l. 5582--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the
external glossary file is modified to check for the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
id="dx1-28008"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 5577--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through
-</p><!--l. 5578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5586--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through
+</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28009"></a> <span
@@ -11343,7 +11359,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5580--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the standard <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
id="dx1-28010"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s
@@ -11355,8 +11371,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are
user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the
automated index.
-</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by
-</p><!--l. 5588--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5596--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by
+</p><!--l. 5597--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexentry</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28012"></a> <span
@@ -11363,7 +11379,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5590--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. The default definition is:
@@ -11373,12 +11389,12 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5595--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span
+<!--l. 5604--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s
written to the index file.
-</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using:
-</p><!--l. 5600--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5608--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using:
+</p><!--l. 5609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28013"></a> <span
@@ -11388,7 +11404,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5602--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is the command which needs to be set to the
@@ -11402,14 +11418,14 @@
 <br />  \glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5609--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span
+<!--l. 5618--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is then processed to escape any of <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
id="dx1-28014"></a>’s special
characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual
value.
-</p><!--l. 5614--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
-</p><!--l. 5615--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
+</p><!--l. 5624--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindex</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28015"></a> <span
@@ -11416,17 +11432,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5626--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 5620--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span
+</p><!--l. 5629--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
id="dx1-28016"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5625--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 5632--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5634--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-28017"></a> key, instead of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -11438,7 +11454,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 5629--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span
+<!--l. 5638--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
id="dx1-28019"></a> field, if present, otherwise the
<span
@@ -11455,8 +11471,8 @@
 <br />  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5638--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5640--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span
+<!--l. 5647--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5649--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is “true”, no encap will be
added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example:
@@ -11466,7 +11482,7 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf}
</div>
-<!--l. 5646--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span
+<!--l. 5655--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span
class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold
whereas
@@ -11476,13 +11492,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true}
</div>
-<!--l. 5651--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
-</p><!--l. 5654--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
+<!--l. 5660--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
+</p><!--l. 5663--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 5659--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5661--><p class="indent" > By default the <span
+</p><!--l. 5668--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5670--><p class="indent" > By default the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-28021"></a> key won’t be used with the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
@@ -11492,13 +11508,13 @@
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
id="dx1-28023"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
command:
-</p><!--l. 5665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5667--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" >
If you use this command and <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-28025"></a> has been loaded, then the <span
@@ -11509,7 +11525,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a
id="dx1-28028"></a> to allow formats that use
that command.
-</p><!--l. 5672--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
+</p><!--l. 5681--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
id="dx1-28029"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
@@ -11525,8 +11541,8 @@
attribute will honour the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
id="dx1-28033"></a> key. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5678--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5687--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5689--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a
@@ -11546,11 +11562,11 @@
id="dx1-28039"></a>
have been defined before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded).
-</p><!--l. 5688--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
+</p><!--l. 5697--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
the correct characters.
-</p><!--l. 5690--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
-</p><!--l. 5692--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5694--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5699--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
+</p><!--l. 5701--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28040"></a> <span
@@ -11557,10 +11573,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5696--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5705--><p class="noindent" >
Set the actual character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 5699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5708--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28041"></a> <span
@@ -11567,10 +11583,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5701--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" >
Set the level character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 5704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28042"></a> <span
@@ -11577,10 +11593,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5706--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5715--><p class="noindent" >
Set the escape (quote) character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 5709--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-28043"></a> <span
@@ -11590,7 +11606,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 5711--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5720--><p class="noindent" >
Set the encap character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
@@ -11597,11 +11613,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 5714--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5714--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5723--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 5723--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a
id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5717--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 5726--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span
@@ -11610,8 +11626,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5722--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5724--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5731--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5733--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
id="dx1-29001"></a><a
@@ -11626,7 +11642,7 @@
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a
id="dx1-29003"></a> package options.
-</p><!--l. 5730--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span
+</p><!--l. 5739--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of
defining and using entries within the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
@@ -11639,14 +11655,14 @@
class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span>
This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only
command:
-</p><!--l. 5736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-29007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="noindent" >
When used, this defines the commands described below.
-</p><!--l. 5741--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
+</p><!--l. 5750--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span
@@ -11657,8 +11673,8 @@
mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there
may be unexpected results. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5758--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtr</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-29009"></a> <span
@@ -11669,7 +11685,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5751--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5760--><p class="noindent" >
If an entry with the label ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has already been defined, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -11704,7 +11720,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">}</span>
</div>
</div>
-<!--l. 5763--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span
+<!--l. 5772--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting
commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be
omitted from the ⟨<span
@@ -11713,15 +11729,15 @@
id="dx1-29010"></a> key must be provided in the optional
argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5771--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 5780--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩ should be empty if the entry has
already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a warning will be
generated with
-</p><!--l. 5774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarning</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-29011"></a> <span
@@ -11730,8 +11746,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5776--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span
+</p><!--l. 5785--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5787--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>
below:
@@ -11743,8 +11759,8 @@
 <br /> ... later
 <br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
</div>
-<!--l. 5784--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5786--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like:
+<!--l. 5793--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5795--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like:
@@ -11755,14 +11771,14 @@
 <br /> ... later
 <br />\goose\ some more text here
</div>
-<!--l. 5792--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
+<!--l. 5801--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
preamble with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
id="dx1-29012"></a> and then use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document.
-</p><!--l. 5797--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span
+</p><!--l. 5806--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>:
-</p><!--l. 5798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-29013"></a> <span
@@ -11773,12 +11789,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5800--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtr</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-29014"></a> <span
@@ -11789,12 +11805,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5805--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5814--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5808--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-29015"></a> <span
@@ -11805,12 +11821,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5810--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5819--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5813--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
+</p><!--l. 5822--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> instead of
<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> (or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels
@@ -11819,20 +11835,20 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, but it’s
experimental and may not work in some cases.
-</p><!--l. 5822--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span
+</p><!--l. 5831--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any
commands in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, even if they expand to just text. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5826--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5835--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5828--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 5828--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5837--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 5837--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a
id="sec:bib2gls"></a>bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5831--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a
+</p><!--l. 5840--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a
id="dx1-30001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
@@ -11855,7 +11871,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>).
-</p><!--l. 5842--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
+</p><!--l. 5851--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
maintain the database and it reduces the <span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span> overhead by only defining the entries
that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span
@@ -11872,13 +11888,13 @@
id="dx1-30006"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-30007"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5853--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span
+</p><!--l. 5862--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist
the integration of <a
id="dx1-30008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-30009"></a> into the document build process.
-</p><!--l. 5857--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span
+</p><!--l. 5866--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be
extracted with <a
id="dx1-30010"></a><span
@@ -11904,8 +11920,8 @@
 <br />  description={a waterbird with a long neck}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5876--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5878--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations:
+<!--l. 5885--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5887--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations:
@@ -11929,8 +11945,8 @@
 <br />  description={a simple interpreted server-side scripting language}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5900--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5902--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols:
+<!--l. 5909--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5911--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols:
@@ -11953,8 +11969,8 @@
 <br />  description={a set}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 5923--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5925--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a
+<!--l. 5932--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5934--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a
id="dx1-30012"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
@@ -11970,13 +11986,13 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 5929--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
+<!--l. 5938--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
since <a
id="dx1-30015"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-30016"></a></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations.
-</p><!--l. 5934--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
+</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
<a
id="dx1-30017"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
@@ -11993,10 +12009,10 @@
id="dx1-30019"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-30020"></a> to omit sorting to save time.
-</p><!--l. 5940--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5949--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <span
class="cmtt-10">\bib2gls </span>is loaded using:
-</p><!--l. 5941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourcefile</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-30021"></a> <span
@@ -12006,13 +12022,13 @@
class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5952--><p class="noindent" >
(Don’t include the file extension in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩.) There’s a shortcut version
(recommended over the above) that sets ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>:
-</p><!--l. 5946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 5955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-30022"></a> <span
@@ -12019,7 +12035,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5948--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" >
On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -12046,15 +12062,15 @@
</div>
</div> where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the current value of
-<!--l. 5960--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+<!--l. 5969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5961--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5970--><p class="noindent" >
which is incremented at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes
regarding <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5966--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5975--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -12074,7 +12090,7 @@
-<!--l. 5976--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
+<!--l. 5985--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>won’t exist on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
@@ -12096,7 +12112,7 @@
This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the
entry is defined is larger than the placeholder ?? (as can occur with long
citations).
-</p><!--l. 5986--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 5995--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>doesn’t work with <a
id="dx1-30029"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
@@ -12108,8 +12124,8 @@
id="dx1-30031"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-30032"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5991--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5993--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a
+</p><!--l. 6000--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a
id="dx1-30033"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-30034"></a> this in the
@@ -12121,18 +12137,18 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}]
</div>
-<!--l. 5998--><p class="nopar" > See the <a
+<!--l. 6007--><p class="nopar" > See the <a
id="dx1-30035"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-30036"></a></a> user manual for more details of this and other available
options.
-</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span
+</p><!--l. 6011--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the
category code of <span
class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal
commands stored in the location field.
-</p><!--l. 6007--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
+</p><!--l. 6016--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references used within the document and
the definitions have been written in the order corresponding to <a
id="dx1-30037"></a><span
@@ -12146,7 +12162,7 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.2 </a><a
href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or
Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6013--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span
+</p><!--l. 6022--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span
class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>,
<span
@@ -12170,7 +12186,7 @@
 <br />\printunsrtglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 6035--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span
+<!--l. 6044--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span
class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is:
@@ -12181,7 +12197,7 @@
 <br />bib2gls mydoc
 <br />pdflatex mydoc
</div>
-<!--l. 6042--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span
+<!--l. 6051--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span
class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span
@@ -12220,7 +12236,7 @@
a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how
they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document
build.
-</p><!--l. 6059--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
+</p><!--l. 6068--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
methods:
@@ -12244,7 +12260,7 @@
 <br />\printunsrtglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 6087--><p class="nopar" > (By default, entries are sorted according to the operating system’s locale.
+<!--l. 6096--><p class="nopar" > (By default, entries are sorted according to the operating system’s locale.
If this doesn’t match the document language, you need to set this in the
option list, for example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">sort=de-CH-1996</span></span></span> for Swiss German using the new
@@ -12253,11 +12269,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 6094--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6094--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6103--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 6103--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a
id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6097--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 6106--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a
id="dx1-31001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries
@@ -12268,7 +12284,7 @@
id="dx1-31003"></a> options. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
package provides a supplementary command
-</p><!--l. 6101--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpageref</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-31004"></a> <span
@@ -12275,14 +12291,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6103--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" >
that works in the same way except that it uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a
id="dx1-31005"></a> instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a
id="dx1-31006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6107--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using
-</p><!--l. 6108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6116--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using
+</p><!--l. 6117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-31007"></a> <span
@@ -12292,7 +12308,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6110--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6119--><p class="noindent" >
This appends ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>⟩ to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by
⟨<span
@@ -12312,8 +12328,8 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
\printunsrtglossary[target=false]
</div>
-<!--l. 6120--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6122--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 6129--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6131--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary
type using <span
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting.
@@ -12320,7 +12336,7 @@
With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble
using
-</p><!--l. 6127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\apptoglossarypreamble</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-31010"></a> <span
@@ -12329,9 +12345,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6129--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6138--><p class="noindent" >
or prepend using
-</p><!--l. 6131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\pretoglossarypreamble</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-31011"></a> <span
@@ -12340,24 +12356,24 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6133--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6135--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a
id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3>
-<!--l. 6138--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
+<!--l. 6147--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
single argument. The field is given by
-</p><!--l. 6140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6151--><p class="noindent" >
The default value is <span
class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name
<span
class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6147--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 6156--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -12387,10 +12403,10 @@
 <br />   $\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6175--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6177--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
+<!--l. 6184--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6186--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
argument:
-</p><!--l. 6179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32002"></a> <span
@@ -12401,7 +12417,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6181--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6190--><p class="noindent" >
This effectively does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -12423,12 +12439,12 @@
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. The
default ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ are given by
-<!--l. 6190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 6199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6192--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6201--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -12438,7 +12454,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional
argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6198--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 6207--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -12451,7 +12467,7 @@
 <br />  \glssymbol{identitymatrix}
 <br />\]
</div>
-<!--l. 6206--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span
+<!--l. 6215--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span
class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will
create a hyperlink (if <span
@@ -12465,11 +12481,11 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
\renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex}
</div>
-<!--l. 6213--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6215--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+<!--l. 6222--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6224--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can
use
-</p><!--l. 6217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6226--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrentryfmt</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32005"></a> <span
@@ -12478,7 +12494,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6228--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will simply expand to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ within the PDF
@@ -12489,7 +12505,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>if a control sequence name has
been provided or just ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ otherwise.
-</p><!--l. 6225--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 6234--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This
command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span
@@ -12496,7 +12512,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t
already exist:
-</p><!--l. 6230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32006"></a> <span
@@ -12508,7 +12524,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6232--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="noindent" >
If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the
third argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span
@@ -12517,8 +12533,8 @@
may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of
this new key.
-</p><!--l. 6238--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with:
-</p><!--l. 6239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6247--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with:
+</p><!--l. 6248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifkeydefined</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32007"></a> <span
@@ -12529,7 +12545,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6250--><p class="noindent" >
This tests if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩ is available for use in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩= list in the second argument of
@@ -12538,7 +12554,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was
provided.
-</p><!--l. 6249--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
+</p><!--l. 6258--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example,
changing the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
@@ -12550,7 +12566,7 @@
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
id="dx1-32010"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently
changed.
-</p><!--l. 6257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32011"></a> <span
@@ -12561,7 +12577,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6259--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6268--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -12577,9 +12593,9 @@
-</p><!--l. 6269--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 6278--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses
-</p><!--l. 6270--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32012"></a> <span
@@ -12591,11 +12607,11 @@
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6272--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6281--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the assignment code.
-</p><!--l. 6276--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span
+</p><!--l. 6285--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a
id="dx1-32013"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -12614,7 +12630,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if you want to skip the existence check.
Alternatively you can instead use
-</p><!--l. 6282--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdeffield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32015"></a> <span
@@ -12629,7 +12645,7 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6284--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >
This simply uses <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-32016"></a>’s <span
@@ -12636,7 +12652,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\csdef </span>without any checks. This command isn’t robust.
There is also a version that uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\csedef </span>instead:
-</p><!--l. 6288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6297--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtredeffield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32017"></a> <span
@@ -12651,8 +12667,8 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6290--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\gGlsXtrSetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32018"></a> <span
@@ -12663,10 +12679,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6294--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6303--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally.
-</p><!--l. 6297--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6306--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\eGlsXtrSetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32019"></a> <span
@@ -12677,10 +12693,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6308--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 6302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6311--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\xGlsXtrSetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32020"></a> <span
@@ -12691,10 +12707,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6304--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 6307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32021"></a> <span
@@ -12705,7 +12721,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to the replacement text of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -12712,7 +12728,7 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
(using <span
class="cmtt-10">\let</span>).
-</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\csGlsXtrLetField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32022"></a> <span
@@ -12724,10 +12740,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead.
-</p><!--l. 6319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32023"></a> <span
@@ -12742,7 +12758,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6330--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field-1</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label-1</span>⟩ to the field given by
@@ -12760,7 +12776,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>is still used, as for
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6329--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 6338--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a
id="dx1-32024"></a> to determine if a field has been
@@ -12769,7 +12785,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 6332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32025"></a> <span
@@ -12783,7 +12799,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6334--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" >
(New to v1.19.) Unlike <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span>, this version doesn’t complain if the entry
(given by ⟨<span
@@ -12794,17 +12810,17 @@
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩.
Within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ you may use
-</p><!--l. 6341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6352--><p class="noindent" >
to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ parts. The starred version
-</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield*</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32027"></a> <span
@@ -12818,9 +12834,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6358--><p class="noindent" >
omits the implicit grouping.
-</p><!--l. 6352--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 6361--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a
id="dx1-32028"></a> which can be used to fetch the
@@ -12827,7 +12843,7 @@
value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package
provides another way of accessing the field value:
-</p><!--l. 6356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6365--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusefield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32029"></a> <span
@@ -12836,7 +12852,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6367--><p class="noindent" >
This works in the same way as commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is
specified in the first argument. Note that the ⟨<span
@@ -12846,10 +12862,10 @@
id="dx1-32030"></a>
manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is
not robust.
-</p><!--l. 6366--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
+</p><!--l. 6375--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6368--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrusefield</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32031"></a> <span
@@ -12858,8 +12874,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6370--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6372--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span
+</p><!--l. 6379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6381--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-32032"></a> internal
list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using
@@ -12867,7 +12883,7 @@
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-32033"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistadd</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32034"></a> <span
@@ -12879,7 +12895,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6378--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6387--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the entry’s field and ⟨<span
@@ -12889,7 +12905,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6383--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32035"></a> <span
@@ -12901,8 +12917,8 @@
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6385--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6394--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32036"></a> <span
@@ -12917,8 +12933,8 @@
-</p><!--l. 6388--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6397--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32037"></a> <span
@@ -12930,9 +12946,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6400--><p class="noindent" >
You can then iterate over the list using:
-</p><!--l. 6393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfielddolistloop</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32038"></a> <span
@@ -12942,9 +12958,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6395--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6404--><p class="noindent" >
or
-</p><!--l. 6397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32039"></a> <span
@@ -12957,13 +12973,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6408--><p class="noindent" >
that internally use <span
class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively.
-</p><!--l. 6403--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span
+</p><!--l. 6412--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldifinlist</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32040"></a> <span
@@ -12980,10 +12996,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6406--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6415--><p class="noindent" >
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span>
-</p><!--l. 6408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32041"></a> <span
@@ -13000,19 +13016,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6410--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6412--><p class="indent" > See the <span
+</p><!--l. 6419--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6421--><p class="indent" > See the <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
id="dx1-32042"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular
the limitations of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6416--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
+</p><!--l. 6425--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-32043"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can
also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the
preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 6419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCounter</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-32044"></a> <span
@@ -13019,7 +13035,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6421--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6430--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -13029,7 +13045,7 @@
\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
</div>
-<!--l. 6426--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span
+<!--l. 6435--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>,
the <span
@@ -13076,18 +13092,18 @@
<div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2}
</div>
-<!--l. 6443--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span
+<!--l. 6452--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span
class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its
value can be accessed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc.
-</p><!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a
id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 6452--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-33001"></a> <span
@@ -13094,14 +13110,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6454--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6463--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves like <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and
always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>).
-</p><!--l. 6459--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
-</p><!--l. 6460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6468--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
+</p><!--l. 6469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary*</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-33002"></a> <span
@@ -13110,7 +13126,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6462--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -13128,7 +13144,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is done before the glossary
header.
-<!--l. 6472--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
+<!--l. 6481--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a
id="dx1-33003"></a><a
@@ -13142,12 +13158,12 @@
class="cmsy-10">§</span>9
</a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 6478--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
+</p><!--l. 6487--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when
using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6483--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6485--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span
+</p><!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6494--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
id="dx1-33006"></a> key set, you will need the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
@@ -13164,7 +13180,7 @@
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
id="dx1-33010"></a> package option
will automatically deal with this.
-</p><!--l. 6492--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -13179,8 +13195,8 @@
 <br />\printunsrtglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 6506--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
-</p><!--l. 6510--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a
+<!--l. 6515--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
+</p><!--l. 6519--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a
id="dx1-33011"></a> option, the document will
@@ -13187,26 +13203,26 @@
require a second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span
class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run if the entries are defined after <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6514--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span
+</p><!--l. 6523--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-33012"></a> key,
which isn’t available).
-</p><!--l. 6517--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
-</p><!--l. 6519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6526--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
+</p><!--l. 6528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaries</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-33013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6521--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6530--><p class="noindent" >
which is analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined
glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩].
-</p><!--l. 6526--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>command internally uses
-</p><!--l. 6527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-33014"></a> <span
@@ -13214,11 +13230,11 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6529--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6538--><p class="noindent" >
for each item in the list, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the current label.
-</p><!--l. 6532--><p class="indent" > By default this just does
-</p><!--l. 6533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6541--><p class="indent" > By default this just does
+</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrunsrtdo</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-33015"></a> <span
@@ -13225,7 +13241,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6544--><p class="noindent" >
which determines whether to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the
@@ -13236,11 +13252,11 @@
id="dx1-33017"></a> fields for the <a
id="dx1-33018"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
-</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="indent" > You can redefine the handler if required.
-</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
+</p><!--l. 6549--><p class="indent" > You can redefine the handler if required.
+</p><!--l. 6551--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6546--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6548--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes:
+</p><!--l. 6555--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6557--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes:
@@ -13249,7 +13265,7 @@
\usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
</div>
-<!--l. 6552--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
+<!--l. 6561--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
that include the current section number in the <span
class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field:
@@ -13263,8 +13279,8 @@
 <br />  {}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6562--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6564--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span
+<!--l. 6571--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6573--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will
localise the change:
@@ -13280,8 +13296,8 @@
 <br />  }%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6575--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6577--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span
+<!--l. 6584--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6586--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-33019"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more
than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span
@@ -13307,8 +13323,10 @@
 <br />  }%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6597--><p class="nopar" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress the
-glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:
+<!--l. 6606--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
+that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a
+better approach to use:
@@ -13322,6 +13340,29 @@
 <br />  }%
 <br />  \ifcsundef{theHsection}%
 <br />  {%
+ <br />    \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{thesection}.}}%
+ <br />  }%
+ <br />  {%
+ <br />    \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{theHsection}.}}%
+ <br />  }%
+ <br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 6626--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6628--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
+the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:
+
+
+
+</p>
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
+\printunsrtglossary*{%
+ <br />  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+ <br />    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+ <br />    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+ <br />    {}%
+ <br />  }%
+ <br />  \ifcsundef{theHsection}%
+ <br />  {%
 <br />    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#2.\csuse{thesection}.}%
 <br />  }%
 <br />  {%
@@ -13331,9 +13372,9 @@
 <br />  \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6618--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6620--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that does this:
-</p><!--l. 6621--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 6648--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6650--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
+</p><!--l. 6651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-33020"></a> <span
@@ -13344,20 +13385,20 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6623--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" >
The above example can simply be replaced with:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
\printunsrtglossaryunit{section}
</div>
-<!--l. 6627--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6629--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span
+<!--l. 6657--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6659--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>
with
-</p><!--l. 6630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-33021"></a> <span
@@ -13366,20 +13407,20 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6632--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6662--><p class="noindent" >
so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
\printunsrtglossary*{\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{section}%
 <br />  \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6639--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
+<!--l. 6669--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
(overriding the glossary’s title).
-</p><!--l. 6643--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a
+</p><!--l. 6673--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-33022"></a> (or
@@ -13388,7 +13429,7 @@
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a
id="dx1-33023"></a>) package option.
-</p><!--l. 6646--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
+</p><!--l. 6676--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target
@@ -13400,12 +13441,12 @@
just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section
etc.
-</p><!--l. 6656--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6686--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6656--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6686--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a
id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3>
-<!--l. 6659--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span
+<!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
id="dx1-34001"></a> key. The
value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s
@@ -13416,7 +13457,7 @@
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-34003"></a></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6666--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6696--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ is made an alias of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩ then: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
@@ -13479,7 +13520,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or if the indexing has been explicitly set using
<span
class="cmtt-10">noindex=false</span>.
- <!--l. 6685--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a
+ <!--l. 6715--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
@@ -13491,13 +13532,13 @@
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
id="dx1-34015"></a>’s</a> settings.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 6689--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by
-</p><!--l. 6690--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 6719--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by
+</p><!--l. 6720--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-34016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6722--><p class="noindent" >
This is performed after the default options provided by <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a
id="dx1-34017"></a>
@@ -13508,33 +13549,33 @@
id="dx1-34018"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do
nothing.
-</p><!--l. 6698--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span
+</p><!--l. 6728--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 6699--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6729--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexaliased</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-34019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6701--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6731--><p class="noindent" >
to index ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 6704--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
+</p><!--l. 6734--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex}{%
 <br /> \glsxtrindexaliased
 <br /> \setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6711--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6713--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span
+<!--l. 6741--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6743--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
id="dx1-34020"></a> field can be accessed using
-</p><!--l. 6714--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralias</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-34021"></a> <span
@@ -13541,16 +13582,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6716--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6746--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6718--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6718--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6748--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 6748--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a
id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6721--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 6751--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-35001"></a> (for
@@ -13559,10 +13600,10 @@
id="dx1-35002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t
automatically loaded.
</p>
-<!--l. 6726--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6756--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1 </span> <a
id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3>
-<!--l. 6729--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span
+<!--l. 6759--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
id="dx1-36001"></a> after <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For
@@ -13571,7 +13612,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
\documentclass{article}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 <br />\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
@@ -13586,13 +13627,13 @@
 <br />\printglossaries
 <br />\end{document}
</div>
-<!--l. 6752--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6754--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6782--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6754--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2 </span> <a
id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3>
-<!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 6787--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-37001"></a> needs to be loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through the
@@ -13604,10 +13645,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
\usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
</div>
-<!--l. 6762--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span
+<!--l. 6792--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-37003"></a> or you load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
@@ -13619,7 +13660,7 @@
corresponding <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands.
-</p><!--l. 6769--><p class="indent" > The following <span
+</p><!--l. 6799--><p class="indent" > The following <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands add accessibility information wrapped
around the corresponding <span
@@ -13627,7 +13668,7 @@
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. There is no check for existence
of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing
information.
-</p><!--l. 6774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6804--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37005"></a> <span
@@ -13634,12 +13675,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6776--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6806--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-37006"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 6780--><p class="indent" > If the <span
+</p><!--l. 6810--><p class="indent" > If the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-37007"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as:
@@ -13646,15 +13687,15 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 6784--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
+<!--l. 6814--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%
 <br />  \glsnameaccessdisplay
 <br />  {%
@@ -13663,13 +13704,13 @@
 <br />  {#1}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6794--><p class="nopar" > (<span
+<!--l. 6824--><p class="nopar" > (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a
id="dx1-37008"></a> is defined by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-37009"></a> package.) The first
letter upper case version is:
-</p><!--l. 6798--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessname</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37010"></a> <span
@@ -13676,7 +13717,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6830--><p class="noindent" >
Without the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-37011"></a> package this is just defined as:
@@ -13684,10 +13725,10 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
\newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}}
</div>
-<!--l. 6805--><p class="nopar" > With the <span
+<!--l. 6835--><p class="nopar" > With the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-37012"></a> package this is defined as:
@@ -13694,7 +13735,7 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
\newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%
 <br />  \glsnameaccessdisplay
 <br />  {%
@@ -13703,9 +13744,9 @@
 <br />  {#1}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 6815--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6817--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
-</p><!--l. 6818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 6845--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
+</p><!--l. 6848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesstext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37013"></a> <span
@@ -13712,11 +13753,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
id="dx1-37014"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6823--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesstext</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37015"></a> <span
@@ -13723,12 +13764,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6825--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6855--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
id="dx1-37016"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6859--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37017"></a> <span
@@ -13735,11 +13776,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6831--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-37018"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6834--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37019"></a> <span
@@ -13746,12 +13787,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6836--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6866--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-37020"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6840--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37021"></a> <span
@@ -13758,11 +13799,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6842--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-37022"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirst</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37023"></a> <span
@@ -13769,12 +13810,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6877--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
id="dx1-37024"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37025"></a> <span
@@ -13781,11 +13822,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6883--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-37026"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37027"></a> <span
@@ -13792,12 +13833,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-37028"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37029"></a> <span
@@ -13804,11 +13845,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6864--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6894--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
id="dx1-37030"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbol</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37031"></a> <span
@@ -13818,12 +13859,12 @@
-</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6899--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
id="dx1-37032"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37033"></a> <span
@@ -13830,11 +13871,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a
id="dx1-37034"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6878--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37035"></a> <span
@@ -13841,12 +13882,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6880--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6910--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a
id="dx1-37036"></a> field with the first letter converted to
upper case.
-</p><!--l. 6884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37037"></a> <span
@@ -13853,11 +13894,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">desc</span><a
id="dx1-37038"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdesc</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37039"></a> <span
@@ -13864,12 +13905,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">desc</span><a
id="dx1-37040"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdescplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37041"></a> <span
@@ -13876,11 +13917,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6897--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6927--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">descplural</span><a
id="dx1-37042"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdescplural</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37043"></a> <span
@@ -13887,12 +13928,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">descplural</span><a
id="dx1-37044"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37045"></a> <span
@@ -13899,11 +13940,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6908--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-37046"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshort</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37047"></a> <span
@@ -13910,12 +13951,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6913--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-37048"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37049"></a> <span
@@ -13922,11 +13963,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-37050"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshortpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37051"></a> <span
@@ -13933,12 +13974,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6924--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-37052"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37053"></a> <span
@@ -13945,11 +13986,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6930--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6960--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
id="dx1-37054"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslong</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37055"></a> <span
@@ -13956,12 +13997,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6965--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
id="dx1-37056"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37057"></a> <span
@@ -13971,11 +14012,11 @@
-</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6971--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
id="dx1-37058"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6944--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslongpl</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-37059"></a> <span
@@ -13982,7 +14023,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6946--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
id="dx1-37060"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
@@ -13991,11 +14032,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6980--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a
id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Files</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package:
+</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd
@@ -14264,11 +14305,11 @@
-<!--l. 7079--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7079--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7109--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7109--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a
id="sec:lang"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span
+</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>that you’re likely to want
to change in your document and that’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span><a
@@ -14289,15 +14330,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>(provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>).
-</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
+</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
\renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}
</div>
-<!--l. 7095--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span
+<!--l. 7125--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
id="dx1-39004"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
@@ -14306,13 +14347,13 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
\appto\captionsenglish{%
 <br /> \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}%
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7101--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
+<!--l. 7131--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
class="cmss-10">title</span><a
id="dx1-39006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations.
For example:
@@ -14320,24 +14361,24 @@
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
\printabbreviations[title={List of Abbreviations}]
</div>
-<!--l. 7107--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 7137--><p class="nopar" > or
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
\printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List of Abbreviations}]
</div>
-<!--l. 7111--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t
+<!--l. 7141--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7143--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t
appear in the final draft of your document.
-</p><!--l. 7116--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 7146--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has the facility to load language modules if they exist,
but won’t warn if they don’t.
-</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
+</p><!--l. 7149--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
called <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span
@@ -14347,12 +14388,12 @@
id="dx1-39007"></a>
package). For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7125--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is:
+</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is:
</p>
- <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
+ <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
\ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{french}[2015/12/09 v1.0]
 <br />\newcommand*{\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench}{%
 <br /> \def\abbreviationsname{Abr\'eviations}%
@@ -14378,8 +14419,8 @@
 <br />  \glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench
 <br />}
</div>
-<!--l. 7153--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
+<!--l. 7183--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
identifier <span
class="cmtt-10">french </span>and the translated text <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">Abr\’eviations</span></span></span> as appropriate. This <span
@@ -14390,9 +14431,9 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so that it can
be useful to others. (Please don’t send it to me. I already have more packages than I
am able to maintain.)
-</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
+</p><!--l. 7194--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 7167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39008"></a> <span
@@ -14402,10 +14443,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7169--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 7172--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
+ <!--l. 7202--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
glossary ‘⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩’ (which should be called ⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩) hasn’t been created.</p></div>
@@ -14412,29 +14453,29 @@
-<!--l. 7175--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7207--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 7180--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
+ <!--l. 7210--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
this glossary.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7213--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 7188--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span
+ <!--l. 7218--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span
class="cmtt-10">nomain </span>to your package option
list when you load <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra.sty</span>. For example:</p></div>
-<!--l. 7191--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7221--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39011"></a> <span
@@ -14442,10 +14483,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7223--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 7196--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span
+ <!--l. 7226--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span
class="cmtt-10">type=</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩ when you defined your entries?
If you tried to load entries into this glossary with <span
@@ -14457,7 +14498,7 @@
did, check that the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type
set to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span>.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7229--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39012"></a> <span
@@ -14465,10 +14506,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7231--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 7204--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 7234--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩. If it’s empty, that means you
haven’t indexed any of your entries in this glossary (using commands
like <span
@@ -14475,15 +14516,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) so this list can’t be generated. If the file isn’t
empty, the document build process hasn’t been completed.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7209--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7239--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 7212--><p class="noindent" >You need
+ <!--l. 7242--><p class="noindent" >You need
to either replace <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>with <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or
@@ -14497,7 +14538,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>) and then
rebuild this document.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39014"></a> <span
@@ -14504,10 +14545,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7247--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 7220--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 7250--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩ doesn’t exist. This most likely means you haven’t used
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or you have used <span
@@ -14515,25 +14556,25 @@
version of the document, you can suppress this message using the
<span
class="cmtt-10">nomissingglstext </span>package option.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+<!--l. 7253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7255--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><div class="quote">
- <!--l. 7228--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7231--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+ <!--l. 7258--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div>
+<!--l. 7261--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7233--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7263--><p class="noindent" >
This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. See the documented code
(<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further details.
-</p><!--l. 7238--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
+</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span
class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span><span
class="cmtt-9"> </span></span><a
id="dx1-39017"></a> <span
@@ -14541,7 +14582,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7240--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7270--><p class="noindent" >
This is the message produced when the <span
class="cmss-10">automake</span><a
id="dx1-39018"></a> option is used, but the document
@@ -15304,7 +15345,7 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4049" >303</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4052" >304</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4057" >305</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5016" >306</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5017" >306</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6026" >307</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15012" >308</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30001" >309</a>, <a
@@ -15336,7 +15377,7 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4050" >332</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4053" >333</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4058" >334</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5017" >335</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5018" >335</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6027" >336</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15013" >337</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30002" >338</a>, <a
@@ -15389,7 +15430,7 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27037" >375</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5033" >376</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5034" >376</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26012" >377</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">number</span>  <a
@@ -15710,7 +15751,7 @@
class="cmti-10">581</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5021" >582</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5022" >582</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7047" >583</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10001" >584</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" >585</a>, <a
@@ -15740,7 +15781,7 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38021" >607</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5023" >608</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5024" >608</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13004" >609</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package  <a
@@ -16804,7 +16845,7 @@
class="cmti-10">899</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5020" ><span
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5021" ><span
class="cmti-10">900</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span></span></span>  <a
@@ -17076,7 +17117,7 @@
class="cmbx-10">997</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5018" ><span
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5019" ><span
class="cmti-10">998</span></a> <br /></span>
</p><p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">M</span>
@@ -17085,21 +17126,21 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3027" >999</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3029" >1000</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3030" >1001</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5037" >1002</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5038" >1002</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40027" ><span
class="cmbx-10">1003</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5035" ><span
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5036" ><span
class="cmti-10">1004</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5038" >1005</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5039" >1005</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40031" ><span
class="cmbx-10">1006</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5039" >1007</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5040" >1007</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40030" ><span
class="cmbx-10">1008</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
@@ -17150,8 +17191,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5010" >1030</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5014" >1031</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5011" >1030</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5015" >1031</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34001" >1032</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34005" >1033</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34020" >1034</a>, <a
@@ -17158,7 +17199,7 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38010" >1035</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">category</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5009" >1036</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5010" >1036</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17003" >1037</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17010" >1038</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26003" >1039</a>, <a
@@ -17191,13 +17232,13 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23186" >1060</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24013" >1061</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30044" >1062</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5029" >1063</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5030" >1063</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5019" >1064</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5022" >1065</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5024" >1066</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5026" >1067</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5020" >1064</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5023" >1065</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5025" >1066</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5027" >1067</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">first</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8013" >1068</a>, <a
@@ -17241,7 +17282,7 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28019" >1098</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37054" >1099</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37056" >1100</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5027" >1101</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5028" >1101</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10010" >1102</a>, <a
@@ -17306,8 +17347,8 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4048" >1153</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4051" >1154</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4054" >1155</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5012" >1156</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5013" >1157</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5013" >1156</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5014" >1157</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7001" >1158</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7002" >1159</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7003" >1160</a>, <a
@@ -17330,8 +17371,8 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4022" >1175</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4025" >1176</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4033" >1177</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5011" >1178</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5015" >1179</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5012" >1178</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5016" >1179</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7032" >1180</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7035" >1181</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7038" >1182</a>, <a
@@ -17352,7 +17393,7 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26077" >1195</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37046" >1196</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37048" >1197</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5028" >1198</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5029" >1198</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10011" >1199</a>, <a
@@ -17392,7 +17433,7 @@
class="cmss-10">symbol</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37030" >1230</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37032" >1231</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5030" >1232</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5031" >1232</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37034" >1233</a>, <a
@@ -17470,7 +17511,7 @@
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">automake</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5040" >1284</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5041" >1284</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39018" >1285</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span>  <a
@@ -17485,7 +17526,7 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4059" >1290</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4127" >1291</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4128" >1292</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5036" >1293</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5037" >1293</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subsubitem">        <span
class="cmss-10">restricted</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4084" >1294</a> <br /></span>
@@ -17508,7 +17549,7 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26030" >1301</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5032" >1302</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5033" >1302</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26011" >1303</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span>  <a
@@ -17728,104 +17769,107 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5008" >1402</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31009" >1403</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
+class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span>  <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5009" >1404</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">title</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39006" >1404</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39006" >1405</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>options<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33012" >1405</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33012" >1406</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33013" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1406</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1407</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1407</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1408</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33002" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1408</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1409</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33014" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1409</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1410</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33020" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1410</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1411</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33021" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1411</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1412</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5005" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1412</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1413</span></a> <br /></span>
</p><p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">R</span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">relsizes </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21048" >1413</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21048" >1414</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12045" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1414</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1415</span></a> <br /></span>
</p><p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">S</span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19001" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1415</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1416</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">slantsc </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" >1416</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" >1417</a> <br /></span>
</p><p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">T</span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">textcase </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >1417</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span
-class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1418</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39007" >1419</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >1418</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
+class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package  <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1419</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39007" >1420</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">translator </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >1420</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >1421</a> <br /></span>
</p><p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">X</span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">xfor </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >1421</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >1422</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16015" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1422</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1423</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32020" ><span
-class="cmti-10">1423</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1424</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >1424</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >1425</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >1426</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30017" >1427</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >1428</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40028" >1429</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40032" >1430</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >1425</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >1426</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >1427</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30017" >1428</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >1429</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40028" >1430</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40032" >1431</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40038" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">1431</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmbx-10">1432</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6028" >1432</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6028" >1433</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">xkeyval </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >1433</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >1434</a> <br /></span>
</p></div>
<a
id="dx1-41001"></a><div class="footnotes"><!--l. 283--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
@@ -17835,28 +17879,28 @@
class="cmr-8">to incorporate new features, but</span>
<span
class="cmr-8">a few new minor features slipped in with some bug fixes in v4.21.</span></p>
-<!--l. 925--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 934--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">The </span><span
class="cmss-8">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-5026"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5027"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">key is a throwback to the base package’s original acronym mechanism</span>
<span
class="cmr-8">before the introduction of the </span><span
class="cmss-8">long</span><a
- id="dx1-5027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5028"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">and </span><span
class="cmss-8">short</span><a
- id="dx1-5028"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5029"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">keys, where the long form was stored in the </span><span
class="cmss-8">description</span><a
- id="dx1-5029"></a>
+ id="dx1-5030"></a>
<span
class="cmr-8">field and the short form was stored in the </span><span
class="cmss-8">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-5030"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-5031"></a> <span
class="cmr-8">field.</span></p>
-<!--l. 3042--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x3-bk" id="fn1x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">For compatibility with earlier versions, </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\glsabbrvscfont </span><span
@@ -17871,12 +17915,12 @@
class="cmr-8">is now deprecated. Likewise for similar</span>
<span
class="cmr-8">commands.</span></p>
-<!--l. 5954--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 5963--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">Version 1.11 only allowed one use of </span><span
class="cmtt-8">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span><span
class="cmr-8">per document.</span></p>
-<!--l. 5974--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
+<!--l. 5983--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x9-bk" id="fn2x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><span
class="cmr-8">v1.08 assumed </span>⟨<span
class="cmti-8">filename</span>⟩<span
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -205,13 +205,13 @@
\DeleteShortVerb{\|}
\MakeShortVerb{"}
- \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.19:
+ \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.20:
an extension to the glossaries package}
\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt]
Dickimaw Books\\
\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
- \date{2017-09-08}
+ \date{2017-09-11}
\maketitle
\begin{abstract}
@@ -855,13 +855,22 @@
off hyperlinks.
The individual glossary displaying commands \ics{printglossary},
-\ics{printnoidxglossary} and \cs{printunsrtglossary} have an extra
-key \gloskey[printglossary]{target}. This is a boolean key which can
+\ics{printnoidxglossary} and \cs{printunsrtglossary} have two extra
+keys:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \gloskey[printglossary]{target}. This is a boolean key which can
be used to switch off the automatic hypertarget for each entry.
Unlike \cs{glsdisablehyper} this doesn't switch off hyperlinks, so
any cross-references within the glossary won't be affected. This is
a way of avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to
be displayed multiple times.
+\item
+\gloskey[printglossary]{targetnameprefix}\texttt{=}\marg{prefix}. Another way
+of avoiding duplicate target names is to set a prefix
+used for the names. Unlike changing \cs{glolinkprefix} this doesn't affect
+any hyperlinks (such as those created with \cs{gls}).
+\end{itemize}
The \cs{newglossaryentry} command has three new keys:
\begin{itemize}
@@ -6595,6 +6604,27 @@
}%
}
\end{verbatim}
+Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions
+contain commands like \cs{gls} that need to link an entry that
+doesn't appear in the summary. In this case, it's a better approach
+to use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\printunsrtglossary*{%
+ \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+ \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+ {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+ {}%
+ }%
+ \ifcsundef{theHsection}%
+ {%
+ \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{thesection}.}}%
+ }%
+ {%
+ \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{theHsection}.}}%
+ }%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
If it's a short summary at the start of a section, you might
also want to suppress the glossary header and add some vertical
space afterwards:
@@ -6617,7 +6647,7 @@
}
\end{verbatim}
-There's a shortcut command that does this:
+There's a shortcut command that essentially does this:
\begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printunsrtglossaryunit]
\cs{printunsrtglossaryunit}\oarg{options}\marg{counter name}
\end{definition}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
\appto\glossarypreamble{%
\providecommand{\bibglslocsuffix}[1]{\@.}%
}
+\providecommand*{\bibglsflattenedhomograph}[2]{#1}
\providecommand{\bibglsnewentry}[4]{%
\longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},#2}{#4}%
}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -3,18 +3,19 @@
% Command line args:
% -comment ".*\.tex"
% -comment ".*\.bib"
-% -author "Nicola Talbot"
+% -doc "glossaries-extra-codedoc.tex"
% -macrocode ".*\.tex"
% -macrocode ".*\.bib"
% -section "chapter"
-% -codetitle "Main Package Code (\\styfmt{glossaries-extra.sty})"
-% -doc "glossaries-extra-codedoc.tex"
+% -setambles ".*\.bib=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
+% -author "Nicola Talbot"
% -src "glossaries-extra.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra.sty"
% -src "glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty"
% -src "(example-glossaries-.+\.tex)\Z=>\1"
% -src "(example-glossaries-.+\.bib)\Z=>\1"
+% -codetitle "Main Package Code (\\styfmt{glossaries-extra.sty})"
% glossaries-extra
-% Created on 2017/9/8 22:43
+% Created on 2017/9/11 14:10
%\fi
%\iffalse
%<*package>
@@ -124,7 +125,7 @@
\setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
-\CheckSum{17566}
+\CheckSum{17580}
\newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}}
\newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}}
@@ -164,13 +165,13 @@
\raggedright
}
-\title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.19:
+\title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.20:
documented code}
\author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt]
Dickimaw Books\\
\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
-\date{2017-09-08}
+\date{2017-09-11}
\begin{document}
\DocInput{glossaries-extra.dtx}
@@ -215,7 +216,7 @@
%\section{Package Initialisation and Options}
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2017/09/08 v1.19 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2017/09/11 v1.20 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Requires \sty{xkeyval} to define package options.
% \begin{macrocode}
@@ -6985,7 +6986,31 @@
\fi
}
% \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}
+%\changes{1.20}{2017-09-11}{new}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
%
+%New to v1.20:
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\define at key{printgloss}{targetnameprefix}{%
+ \renewcommand{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{#1}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsdohypertarget}
+%\changes{1.20}{2017-09-11}{added redefinition}
+%Redefine to insert \cs{@glsxtrhypernameprefix} before the target
+%name.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@glsxtr at org@glsdohypertarget\glsdohypertarget
+\renewcommand{\glsdohypertarget}[2]{%
+ \@glsxtr at org@glsdohypertarget{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix#1}{#2}%
+}
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
%\begin{macro}{\glsxtr at makeglossaries}
%For the benefit of \app{makeglossaries}
%\changes{1.09}{2016-12-16}{new}
@@ -8072,12 +8097,19 @@
{\glsxtrunsrtdo{##1}}%
{}%
}%
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{1.20}{2017-09-11}{switched from redefining \cs{glolinkprefix} to
+% \cs{@glsxtrhypernameprefix}}
+%Only the target names should have the prefixes adjusted as \cs{gls}
+%etc need the original \cs{glolinkprefix}. The \cs{@gobble} part
+%discards \cs{glolinkprefix}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
\ifcsundef{theH#1}%
{%
- \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{the#1}.}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{the#1}.\@gobble}%
}%
{%
- \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{theH#1}.}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{theH#1}.\@gobble}%
}%
\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{}%
\appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
@@ -18842,7 +18874,7 @@
% First identify package:
% \begin{macrocode}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2017/09/08 v1.19 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2017/09/11 v1.20 (NLCT)]
% \end{macrocode}
% Provide package options to automatically load required predefined
% styles. The simplest method is to just test for the existence of
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% glossaries-extra.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2017/9/8 22:43
+% glossaries-extra.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2017/9/11 14:10
\input docstrip
\preamble
@@ -30,32 +30,19 @@
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty,package}}
\file{example-glossaries-xr.tex}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-xr.tex,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-acronym.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronym.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-brief.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-brief.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-childnoname.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-childnoname.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-cite.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-cite.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-images.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-images.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-long.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-long.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-multipar.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-multipar.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-parent.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-parent.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-symbols.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-symbols.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-url.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-url.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-xr.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-xr.bib,package}}
+\file{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-acronym.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronym.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-brief.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-brief.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-childnoname.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-childnoname.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-cite.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-cite.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-images.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-images.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-long.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-long.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-multipar.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-multipar.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-parent.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-parent.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-symbols.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-symbols.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-url.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-url.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-xr.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-xr.bib}}
}
\endbatchfile
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2017/09/08 v1.19 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2017/09/11 v1.20 (NLCT)]
\newcommand*{\@glsxtr at loadstyles}{}
\DeclareOption*{%
\IfFileExists{glossary-\CurrentOption.sty}
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty 2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty 2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
%% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2017/09/08 v1.19 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2017/09/11 v1.20 (NLCT)]
\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries}
@@ -3479,6 +3479,14 @@
\let\@glstarget\@secondoftwo
\fi
}
+\newcommand{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{}
+\define at key{printgloss}{targetnameprefix}{%
+ \renewcommand{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{#1}%
+}
+\let\@glsxtr at org@glsdohypertarget\glsdohypertarget
+\renewcommand{\glsdohypertarget}[2]{%
+ \@glsxtr at org@glsdohypertarget{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix#1}{#2}%
+}
\newcommand*{\glsxtr at makeglossaries}[1]{}
\def\@glsxtr at gettype#1,type=#2,#3\@end at glsxtr@gettype{%
\def\@glo at type{#2}%
@@ -4072,10 +4080,10 @@
}%
\ifcsundef{theH#1}%
{%
- \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{the#1}.}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{the#1}.\@gobble}%
}%
{%
- \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{theH#1}.}%
+ \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{theH#1}.\@gobble}%
}%
\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{}%
\appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list